You are on page 1of 292

ERP/2.

50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual

Contents
1 Preface
1.1 About this User Manual
1.2 Core Features
1.3 Related Documentation
2 Getting Started
2.1 Accessing Openbravo
2.2 Configuring the Heart Beat and Registering your System
2.3 Configuring Autosave
2.4 Setting Your Preferences
3 Navigating the Openbravo User Interface
4 Using Openbravo
4.1 Application Dictionary
4.2 General Setup
4.3 Master Data Management
4.4 Procurement Management
4.5 Warehouse Management
4.6 Production Management
4.7 Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)
4.8 Sales Management
4.9 Project & Service Management
4.10 Financial Management
4.11 Keyboard shortcuts
4.11.1 General Shortcuts
4.11.2 Navigation shortcuts
4.11.3 Editing shortcuts

Preface

About this User Manual


The Openbravo ERP User Manual 2.50 is intended as a reference for end user of Openbravo ERP and provides
guidance on usability and features of Openbravo ERP from functional perspective.

This document explains:

How to operate the user interface


The function of each screen
How to execute the main business processes

Readers do not require any programming and software development knowledge.

This document has been designed with the idea of being "open" - any person can add value and share knowledge by

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

adding content directly on the Wiki.

Core Features
Openbravo ERP consists of the following functional modules which represent specific ERP functions:

Master Data Management


Procurement Management
Warehouse Management
Production Management
Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)
Sales Management
Project and Service Management
Financial Management

Related Documentation
Openbravo ERP Functional Documentation
Openbravo ERP 2.50 Release Notes
Openbravo ERP Configuration Manual
Openbravo ERP Developer's Guide

Getting Started

Accessing Openbravo
You access Openbravo ERP through a Web browser.

If you are using Adblock Plus add-on, remember to disable it when using Openbravo ERP

To log into the application:

1. Enter your Openbravo ERP URL in the address bar of your browser.

The login window will display. View larger

In case the login page does not display, verify your URL, or contact your system
administrator.

2. Enter your user name and password.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

The user name and password are assigned by the system administrator. If you don´t know
your user name and password contact your system administrator.

3. Click login

The Openbravo ERP Home page displays.

View larger

Configuring the Heart Beat and Registering your System


The first time you log into the system, you will be prompted to setup the Heart Beat functionality and register your
system.

More

Configuring Autosave
You can set up Openbravo ERP to automatically save changes in a document that has been modified.

More

Setting Your Preferences


Typically, the System Administrator configures the application settings for all the users. Those include roles,
passwords, access to windows, tabs, and fields, etc.

However, as a user, you can edit some of the settings such as language, organization, entity, and role you want to work
with by default.

To change the default login settings:

Click on the User Preferences button and check the Set as default option.

View larger

To change your passwords:

Click on the User Preferences button and go to Change password option.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Navigating the Openbravo User Interface


This chapter explains more in depth the communication interface between the user and the application. It consists of a
description of menu functions (toolbar, commands, tabs and buttons), windows functions and common functions of the
application. The goal of this chapter is to enable you to work more efficiently with Openbravo ERP.

More

Using Openbravo

Application Dictionary

Use the Application Dictionary Module to customize, modify, and adapt the application to your needs.

More

General Setup

Use General Setup Module to edit basic settings such as languages, currencies, menus, workflows, alerts, clients, roles,
users, organizations, banks, and importing data.

More

Master Data Management

Use Master Data Management Module to define and edit information related to business partners, prices, and products.

More

Procurement Management

Use Procurement Management Module to manage requisitions, purchases, goods receipts, invoices, and analyze related
reports.

More

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

Warehouse Management

Use Warehouse Management Module to create and edit warehouses, and manage inventory.

More

Production Management

Use production Management Module to create and edit your production processes, production control, and analyze
related data.

More

Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)

Use the Materials Requirement Planning Module to edit your production planning, inventory control, and purchasing
activities.

More

Sales Management

Use Sales Management Module to create and edit sales orders, goods shipments, invoices, commissions, and analyze
related reports.

More

Project & Service Management

Use Project & Service Management Module to create and edit services, projects, analyze related reports, and add
employee expenses.

More

Financial Management

Use Financial Management Module to create and edit accounting, assets, and receivables and payables.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

More

Keyboard shortcuts
You can use the following keyboard shortcuts in Openbravo ERP:

General Shortcuts

Shortcut Function
Ctrl+U Open User Option window
Ctrl+Q Log out
F8 Open Alerts
Ctrl+I Open About window
Ctr+H Open Help window
Ctrl+R Refresh the current window
Ctrl+Shift+Backspace Go back
Ctrl+G Toggle grid view

Navigation shortcuts

Shortcut Function
F9 Expand / collapse the menu
F10 Move cursor focus to the File menu
Ctrl + M Show / hide the menu.
Ctrl+Shift+M Expand or collapse the menu

Editing shortcuts

Shortcut Function
Ctrl+N Create new record
Ctrl+S Save record
Ctrl+Shift+S Save record and new
Ctrl+D Delete record
Ctrl+Z Undo changes
Ctrl+A Attach files to transaction
Ctrl+F Search
Ctrl+Home Go to the first record

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual - Openbravo wiki

Ctrl+End Go to the last record


Ctrl+ArrowLeft Go to the previous record
Ctrl+ArrowRight Go to the next record
Ctrl+L See linked items

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual"

This page has been accessed 84,891 times. This page was last modified 07:16, 7 June 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

Category: User Documentation ERP

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Main%20page.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:02 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/HeartBeat - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/HeartBeat

Heartbeat Configuration

View larger

Enable/disable and configure the heartbeat which sends non-commercial system information to Openbravo.

What is the Openbravo Heartbeat?

The Openbravo Heartbeat is a process which sends Openbravo periodic updates regarding your technical system
specifications (e.g. Operating System, Database, and ERP Version).

When the System Administrator first logs into Openbravo ERP after installing the application, a popup window is
displayed explaining what the Heartbeat is and giving the user the option of enabling or disabling it, or leaving the
decision to enable/disable until a later date. If Enable is chosen, the user is redirected to the Heartbeat Configuration
window to configure the Heartbeat. If disabled, the Heartbeat is disabled. If the decision to enable/disable is
postponed, the System Administrator will be prompted with the popup again after 3 days.

During heartbeat processing, the data that is collected is as follows:

System identifier
Encrypted Database identifier
Encrypted Mac Address
Heartbeat date
Activity and complexity rate (only up to MP22)
Number of registered users
Operating System and version
Database and version
Application server and version
Web server and version
Java version
Apache-Ant version
Openbravo version
Openbravo install mode
System external IP address
Date of first login, date of last login, total number of logins
Maximum number of concurrent users
Average number of concurrent users
Rejected logins due to concurrent users limit number
Installed modules
Number of http-requests done per installed module (optionally, enabled by default)

file:///C|/...%20book/Guide%20book/Configuring%20the%20Heart%20Beat%20and%20Registering%20your%20System.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:05 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/HeartBeat - Openbravo wiki

Additionally the Heartbeat server might return several queries to be executed locally to gather more information about
the instance. The information gathered through these queries is restricted to the way the Openbravo software is being
used in the instance and will never include any business information such as Business Partners or Products. Consult
the following link for the historic list of Custom Queries . You can monitor the history of all the information gathered
from your instance through the HeartBeat in the HeartBeat Log Tab within the Heartbeat Configuration Window.

The heartbeat data is stored in a file controlled by Openbravo S.L.U. It is collected solely to gather and send data about
your Openbravo product installation back to a service on Openbravo SLU's infrastructure to assist managing your
Openbravo product installation. As a benefit to you, with this information, Openbravo SLU can offer you system
configuration and component update information, sent automatically to you. Available updates may include, for
example, Operating System updates, Database updates and Openbravo code. This data will be used on an aggregated
and anonymous basis to generate reports identifying where and how the Openbravo product is being utilised.

For further information, please consult the Functional Specification.

Openbravo stores this information and implements security measures in accordance with applicable legislation to
maintain the confidentiality of this data. This data is not used for commercial purposes other than as set out above. It is
not communicated or transferred to any third party

You may deactivate this feature by disabling the “enable heartbeat” box. In addition, you may exercise your right to
access, rectify, oppose and cancel the data by writing to Openbravo, S.L.U. PO Box 5117, 31010 Pamplona, Navarra,
Spain, or by email to privacy@openbravo.com.

By enabling the heartbeat, you consent to the processing of this data and storing of the same as set out above.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/HeartBeat"

This page has been accessed 5,291 times. This page was last modified 07:24, 29 October 2010. Content is available
under Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...%20book/Guide%20book/Configuring%20the%20Heart%20Beat%20and%20Registering%20your%20System.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:05 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Autosave - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Autosave

Contents
1 Autosave Configuration
1.1 Overview
1.2 Configuring Autosave
1.2.1 Setting the Autosave default
1.2.2 Autosave behavior per Client
1.2.3 Prompt confirmation default
1.2.4 Prompt confirmation per Client/Window/User

Autosave Configuration

Overview
The Autosave enables any change made in a open document to be saved without clicking the Save button. The
Autosave is triggered when the user performs an action (e.g. navigates to another window or clicks a button) after
modifying a document (e.g. the user has changed the Payment Terms on a Purchase Order).

For example, if you create a new Purchase Order and fill in the required header fields, then click the Create From
button, the purchase order header is saved before the pop-up window opens.

Configuring Autosave
You can set up Autosave in Preferences.

Setting the Autosave default

Autosave is enabled by default to change the default setting:

1. Log in with System Administrator role.


2. Access General Setup > Application > Preference
3. Filter by attribute: Autosave
4. The default Autosave value is Y

The default configuration is to automatically save the records, if you want to disable it, change the Autosave
preference to N. Allow to change the Autosave behavior to false, is for backward compatibility reasons. The
application will behave like previous releases (2.40 and 2.35).

Autosave behavior per Client

You can override the default behavior defined at System level, by adding the same preference to a specific Client.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Configuring%20Autosave.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:06 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Autosave - Openbravo wiki

Login with as Administrator (e.g. Openbravo Admin)


Go to General Setup > Application > Preference
Click the NEW button
Select the Client that you want to configure
Set the attribute: Autosave
Set the value: Y [Y = true, N = false]

Prompt confirmation default

When Autosave is enabled, you can specify if this process should prompt a confirmation window to the user, to avoid
unwanted changes.

The confirmation message is similar to this one:

A default preference is defined at System level.

Login with a System Administrator role


Go to General Setup > Application > Preference
Filter by attribute: ShowConfirmationDefault
You should get a record with value: Y [Y = true, N = false]

When the ShowConfirmationDefault preference is set to Y, every time the Autosave is triggered a confirmation
message is shown to the user.

Prompt confirmation per Client/Window/User

You can override the default behavior defined at System level, by adding the preference ShowConfirmation to any
combination of Client, Window, User.

NOTE: The preference is ShowConfirmation not ShowConfirmationDefault

Login with a Administrator (e.g. Openbravo Admin)


Go to General Setup > Application > Preference
Click the NEW button
Select the Client that you want to configure
Select the Window that you want to configure
Select the User that you want to configure
Set the attribute: ShowConfirmation
Set the value: Y [Y = true, N = false]

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Configuring%20Autosave.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:06 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Autosave - Openbravo wiki

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Autosave"

This page has been accessed 3,549 times. This page was last modified 11:18, 29 May 2009. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Configuring%20Autosave.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:06 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface

Contents
1 Introduction
2 Menu
2.1 Modules Organization
2.2 Editable User Preferences
2.3 Close Application Button
2.4 Fold and Unfold Buttons
2.5 Navigable Alerts Zone
3 Work Area
3.1 View Modes
3.1.1 Edit Mode
3.1.2 Grid Mode
3.2 Special Status Modes
3.2.1 Menu Loading
3.2.2 Popup Loading
3.2.3 Window Processing
3.2.4 Popup Processing
3.3 Navigation Bar
3.4 Toolbar
3.5 Tabsbar
3.6 Working Area Buttons
3.7 User Messages
4 Linked Items

Introduction
In order to understand better the Openbravo User Interface it is important to know what is what in the application.

On the left of the screen the user can see the Menu, which can be hidden using the arrow

The Menu is used for navigation. In the Menu the user will find all the windows, processes, and reports
depending on the role used.

The Menu contents depends on the user's role. For example, one user can have various roles and seedifferent
things with each. Users and roles are usually created and maintained by the client's Administrator. See more
about the Menu

Entering the Menu and clicking on any selected window the following elements will appear on the top of the
main frame (also known as the Work Area):

Navigation Bar with breadcrumb and common actions used in all the application windows.

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

Toolbar with unique buttons for all the application windows.

The part to the right from the Menu is called a Work Area, where, depending on the view mode the user either
inputs data, performs transactions, views reports, or browses the records. See more about the Work Area

Menu

Modules Organization
Modules are organized into folders in order to help the user to differentiate setup windows from the windows where
real transactions are performed, or where data is analyzed.

Transactions
Setup
Analysis Tools

Editable User Preferences

View larger

When you click on User Preferences a pop-up window appears which allows you to:

See the current role information.


Change the session options such as role, entity, organization, language you want to work with.
Set your default session options .
Change your password.

Close Application Button

With just one click of this icon you can close (logout) the application.

Fold and Unfold Buttons

With one click you can unfold the menu and, using the browser's CTRL+F Find feature, you can search for any
element of the menu without needing to click through the whole menu.

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

Navigable Alerts Zone

An alert is a notification that informs or warns its recipients about a critical or very important situation that has arisen.
With one click you can see and edit all your active alerts.

More about Alerts

Work Area
In the work area you can view and edit the data of all the selected elements of the application menu.

View Modes
All the application windows can be displayed in two modes - edit mode and grid mode.

Edit Mode

View larger

The edit mode window is used for editing individual records and performing transactions.

If the editing record is an existing one, the icon displayed is

If the editing record is a new one, the icon displayed is

Note: The disabled save buttons in the toolbar become enabled to indicate that some data within the window has
changed. This is a useful reminder that the record needs to be saved before moving on to another one.

Grid Mode

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

View larger

The grid mode window is used for browsing multiple records.

Keep in Mind:

In grid mode you can sort by multiple columns. If you want to sort just click on the header of the corresponding
column heading. For multiple column sorting hold the SHIFT key after selecting the first column while clicking
on another one.

Special Status Modes


There are some special status modes

Menu Loading

View larger

The "Menu Loading" screen is shown while the menu contents are being changed.

This could happen when:

The application is being loaded for first time


There is a change in the user options

Popup Loading

View larger

The "Popup Loading" screen is shown while the popup contents are being loaded.

Window Processing

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

View larger

The "Window Processing" screen is shown while a process is being executed in the edition window

Popup Processing

View larger

The "Popup Processing" screen is shown while a process is being executed in a popup

Navigation Bar
The Navigation Bar with breadcrumb and common actions used in all the application windows.

Back Go to the previous record.

Reload Refresh the record you are working on.

About View the information about your Openbravo version, licences, and translations.

Help Go to the editable online help.

What is a breadcrumb?

A navigable path allowing the users to keep track of their location in the application.

Toolbar
The Toolbar with unique buttons for all the application windows has the following functions, which depend on the
entered window:

New Create a new record


Save and Grid Save the current record and go to the relation view
Save and New Save the record and go to a new record
Save and Next Save the record and go to the next record
Save Save the record and maintain the active record displayed
Erase Erase the record

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

Undo Refresh the window and revert changes


Go to First Record Move to the first record in the related group
Go Back One Record Move to the previous record in the related group
Go Forward One
Move to the next record in the related group
Record
Go to Last Record Move to the last record in the related group
Export to Excel Export content to excel. Generate an Excel file with currently displayed items
Export content to csv (comma separated values). file. Generate a CSV file with currently
Export to CSV
displayed items
Export to PDF Export content to pdf. file. Generate a PDF file with currently displayed items
Order Records Select field order on the tab
Show Filter Show the filter records window
Find Find a Record
Organize the Menu Assign the place for the selected record in the tree structure of the menu
Attach a File Attach a file to the active record
View Attached
View the documents attached to the selected record
Documents
Print Print the selected record. Opens a PDF printout of the currently selected item(s)
Audit Show/Hide audit information
Audit Trail Open Audit Trail popup More

Tabsbar
View larger

The Tabsbar has two parts:

The left side allows navigation of the hierarchy of the current element
The right side shows:
The window name
If there is a callout process being executed in the background (while the Openbravo icon is spinning)
If the grid data is being loaded (while the Openbravo icon is spinning)

Working Area Buttons


Through different editing windows, users have additional buttons which help in filling in forms, completing reports,
etc.

Product

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

Project
Account
Accounting Dimension
Locator
Attribute
Business Partner
Order
Order Line
Shipment/Receipt
Payment
Assets
Calendar
Calculator
Results Online
Results in pdf. Format
Results in html. Format
Stock
Time
URL
Password
Invoice
Invoice Line
Details

User Messages
User Messages are displayed centrally and their function is to inform or warn the user about some occurring situation
in the application. There are four different types of user messages.

Error Message

Success Message

Info Message

Warning Message

Linked Items
The linked items icon opens a window allowing users to see all records somehow related to the current record being
viewed.

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/User Interface - Openbravo wiki

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/User_Interface"

This page has been accessed 4,281 times. This page was last modified 10:20, 14 June 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...en%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Navigating%20the%20Openbravo%20User%20Interface.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:08 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary

Contents
1 Module
1.1 Include
1.2 Dependency
1.3 Translation
1.4 Data Package
1.5 DB Prefix
2 Tables and Columns
2.1 Column
2.2 Role Access
2.3 Table
3 Windows, Tabs, and Fields
3.1 Access
3.2 Field
3.3 Tab
3.4 Tab Class
3.5 Tab Mapping
3.6 Window
4 Reference
4.1 List Reference
4.2 Reference
4.3 Selector Class
4.4 Selector Mapping
4.5 Selector Reference
4.6 Table Reference
5 Report and Process
5.1 Parameter
5.2 Process Class
5.3 Process Mapping
5.4 Report & Process
5.5 Role Access
6 Form
6.1 Form
6.2 Form Class
6.3 Form Mapping
6.4 Rule Access
7 Message
7.1 Message
8 Text Interfaces
8.1 Text Interface
9 Synchronize Terminology
10 Setup
10.1 Element
10.1.1 Element

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

10.1.2 Used in Columns


10.2 Field Category
10.3 Auxiliary Input
10.4 Callout
10.4.1 Callout
10.4.2 Callout Class
10.4.3 Callout Mapping
10.5 Validation Setup
10.5.1 Validation
10.6 Month
10.7 Dimension

Module
Use the Module window to create and register a new extension module. A module is a content container that allows
you to group all artifacts that make up your extension, including Application Dictionary meta data, data model
elements, software resources and reference data.

By defining your extensions as modules, you will then be able to extract them, package them and reuse them in
different environments.

All extensions and configurations of an Openbravo ERP instance should be defined in the context of a module.

Openbravo ERP supports three types of extension modules:

Modules: the basic content container, which defines additional functionality. A module can add artifacts to an
Openbravo ERP installation but cannot modify artifacts that are owned by other modules. This constraints allows
to simplify dependency management. You can define and install as many modules as you wish in your system.
Packs: a grouping of modules. You can define and install as many packs as you wish in your system.
Template: a module with a specific type of artifact, called configuration script that allows you to modify
attributes of artifact owned by other modules. You can use an industry template to package and redistribute a
specific system configuration. In a system, there can only be one industry template defined.

Please notice that system configurations for a particular instance must be defined in the context of an industry
template.

Fields

Client In the case of modules, the client is always System


Organization In the case of modules, the organization is always the super-organization, *
There are two methods of making modules unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the
other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for
reporting. There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
Active:
(1) The system requires the record for auditing purposes. (2) The record is referenced by other records.
E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are existing invoices for it. By de-activating the
Business Partner you prevent it from being used in future transactions.||

Name The name of the module. It is up to 60 characters in length.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Modules must have a version, which is then used for dependency tracking. Version numbers must
follow the pattern XXX.YYY.ZZZ, where XXX, YYY and ZZZ are integers. For example a valid
version number is 1.0.4.
Version
The last digit group, ZZZ, is ignored for dependency purposes. For example, if you have module A at
version 1.0.0 that depends on module B at version 1.1.0, the publication of version 1.1.1 of B will not
break the dependency while version 1.2.0 of B will not be compatible with version 1.0.0 of A.
Java The name of the Java package, using Java naming standards. This package will contain all the Java
Package artifacts included in the module.
Type Specify whether the module is a module, a pack or a template
Select the checkbox if the module is currently in development. Artifacts of a module that is not in
In
development cannot be modified. Conversely, only modules in development can be extracted and
Development
packaged.
Default Select the checkbox to make this module the default.
Description A brief description of the module
Help Type a more extensive description of the module, explaining its functionality.
Translation Select the checkbox if the module contains user interface elements that need translating into other
required languages.
Is
Select the checkbox if the module is a translation module that contains the language translation of
Translation
another module.
Module
Module
For modules requiring translations, select the base language of the module.
Language
Select the checkbox if the module includes reference data. When installing a module with reference
data, the reference data is first applied at system level but it can then be applied in the context of a
Has specific client or organization.
Reference
Data
If selected, the Reference Data Description box appears in which you can type a description of the
reference data.||

Has Chart of
Select the checkbox if the module includes a chart of accounts
Accounts
License Type Select a license type for the module from the list, for example the Openbravo Public License.
License Text Type or paste the license text for the chosen license
Author Type the name of the module´s author or authors
URL If required, type a URL for example to a web page giving more information about the module.
Status Displays the current installation status of the module.
Update
Use this field to provide a change history for each version.
information
Use this button to register the module in the Openbravo Central Repository. Registration ensure the
validity and uniqueness of the package name, Java package and database prefix, guaranteeing that
Register different developers do not produce conflicting modules.
Module
If you plan to share your module across instances, it is essential that you register your module.||

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Include
If your module is a pack and includes other modules, use this tab to specify the details here.

Fields

Client The client is always System


Organization The organization is always the super-organization, *
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Module This field displays the name of the current parent module
Included Module Select the module to be included
First version Specifies the version of the module to be included

Dependency
If the module depends on another module, use this tab to specify the details.

Fields

Client The client is always System


Organization The organization is always the super-organization, *
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Module Displays the current module
Dependent Module Select the module upon which the current module is dependent.
First version Specify the first version of the module upon which the current module is dependent.
Last version Specify the last version of the module upon which the current module is dependent.

Translation
To provide a translation of the Module information type or paste the translated version here.

Fields

Client The client is always System


Organization The organization is always the super-organization, *
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Language Type the language
Description Type or paste a brief description of the module
Help / Comment Type or paste a translation of the help text.
License Text Type or paste a translation of the license text for the chosen license
Update information If the module is an update, type or paste a translation of the update information.
Reference Data If the module includes refrence data type or paste a translation of the reference data
Description description.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Data Package
The Data Package is a grouping mechanism for tables within a module. Openbravo has a Java business object for each
table. The Java package of the Java business object is defined in the Data Package. For example: a module for a CRM
package with the name: org.crm has packages: - org.crm.order - org.crm.customer

The corresponding tables have then the following setting: - Customer, in the org.crm.customer package, resulting in
the java class: org.crm.customer.Customer - SalesOrder, in the org.crm.order package, resulting in the java class:
org.crm.order.SalesOrder

Fields

Client The client is always System


Organization The organization is always the super-organization, *
Name Type the name of the data package
Description Type a brief description of the data package
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Java Package Type the name of the Java package, using Java naming standards, for example org.crm

DB Prefix
Database prefixes are short (7 characters) identifiers for objects in database. The purpose of database prefixes is to
avoid name collision among database objects (tables, views, PL/SQL functions, etc.) delivered by different modules.
You must define at least one DB Prefix if you module includes database objects. Fields

Client The client is always System


Organization The organization is always the super-organization, *
Name Type the name of DBPrefix

Tables and Columns

View larger

Edit tables and columns so that Openbravo can access the database, as well as control the role access.

Keep in Mind:

Openbravo stores information in an external database, however the database is managed within the system. The
management is done using tables and columns, each with corresponding attributes, keys, and other identification
information.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

In order to access a table from a selected window it is essential to activate the table beforehand.
Before creating tables and columns in the application, create them in the database.

Column
Define columns within a table that Openbravo can access in the database.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Application An element that consolidates help, descriptions and terms for a database column and allows for a
Element: central maintenance.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
DB Column
The name of a column within the database.
Name:
The first non-null value in a set of values. It is used as a default value for a field when creating a
Default Value:
record.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Development
Development Status
Status:
Display
An indication noting if the input box of a field will present full text or just asterisks.
Encription:
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Identifier: This column is part of the record identifier
Is desencryptable: Is desencryptable
Is secondary key: Is secondary key
Is session
Is session attribute
attribute:
Key column: This column is the key in this table
Length: An indication of the column length as defined in the database.
Mandatory: An indication noting that completing in a field is required to proceed.
Max. Value: The highest possible value an item can have.
Min. Value: The lowest possible value an object can take.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Parent link
This column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columns
column:
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Read Only Logic: Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write)
Reference: The data type of this field.
Reference Search
The exact reference specification for a list or a table.
Key:
Selection Column: Is this column used for finding rows in windows
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Synchronize
Change database table definition from application dictionary
Column:
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.
Updatable: An indication that an item can be updated by the user.
Validation: A validation rule that defines how an entry is determined to be valid or invalid.
Value Format: Value Format
Version: Version of the table definition

Role Access
Edit role access to a particular table. Active

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Exclude: A selection permitting or denying a role access to specified data.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Table
Define tables that Openbravo can access in the database.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Columns from
Create Dictionary Columns of Table not existing as a Column but in the Database
DB:
Data Access Level: A privilege required to make adjustments to an object.
DB Table Name: Name of the table in the database
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Development Status: Development Status

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization


Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
High Volume: Use Search instead of Pick list
Is default account: Is default account
Maintain Change Log: Maintain a log of changes
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
PO Window: Purchase Order Window
Records deleteable: Indicates if records can be deleted from the database
A distinct replication characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a
Replication Type:
category.
Security enabled: If security is enabled, user access to data can be restricted via Roles
Seq. of Introduced
The order of introduced tables.
Tables:
SQL_Record_Identifier: SQL_Record_Identifier
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
Validation: A validation rule that defines how an entry is determined to be valid or invalid.
View: This is a view
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

Windows, Tabs, and Fields

View larger

Create and edit windows, tabs, and fields according to your business preferences.

What is a Window?

Windows are screens used by the application to manage data. On these screens it is possible to insert, update or delete
data. A window is composed of one or many tabs.

What is a Tab?

Tabs organize data in Openbravo hierarchically in a window. A tab is composed of one or many fields. In a window,
tabs can be independent or subordinated to other tabs.

What is a Field?

Fields can be a registry, or space used for a particular data category. A field is one or more related characters treated
as a unit constituting part of a record. Fields are where items such as names, dates, etc. are inserted.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Access
Edit role access to a window.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

Field
Define fields within a tab.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Central Maintenance: A flag indicating that this label is managed in a central repository.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Display Encription: An indication noting if the input box of a field will present full text or just asterisks.
Display Length: The number of characters that made be added to a specified field.
Display Logic: A specification of statements which, when evaluated as false, are required to hide the field.
Displayed: Determines, if this field is displayed
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Field: Any element which can be viewed, edited, or added to a window.
Field Category: A classification of similar fields.
Field Only: Label is not displayed
Heading only: Field without Column - Only label is displayed
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Record Sort No.: A means of sorting and ordering records in a window.
Same Line: An indication that this field will be displayed on the same line as the previous one.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Show in relation: Show in relation
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Is First Focused Field: An indication that if the field is the default focused field when the window loads.

Tab
Define tabs within a window.

Fields:

Accounting Tab: This tab contain accounting information


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
Confirmation Message: A warning or information displayed when saving the record.
Copy Tab Fields: Copy Fields from other Tab
Create Fields: Create Field from Table, which do not exist in the Tab yet
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Edit reference: The form referenced in the edition command
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Filter clause: Filter clause
Has Tree: Window has Tree Graph
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Image: A visual picture used to describe an item.
Included Column: Column determining if a Table Column is included in Ordering
Included Tab: Included Tab in this Tab (Master Dateail)
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Order Column: Column determining the order
Order Tab: The Tab determines the Order
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Single Row Layout: Default for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) Layout
SQL Order by Clause: A specification of the SQL ORDER BY clause used for a displayed default sort of records.
SQL Where Clause: A specification of the SQL WHERE clause used for permanently filtering displayed data.
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Tab Level: Hierarchical Tab Level (0 = top)
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
TranslationTab: This tab contains translation information
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Tab Class
View the Java class that implements the tab.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Reference: The data type of this field.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Tab Mapping
View the Java class mapping that enables it to be accessible through a browser..

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Mapping Name: A direction or guide used to call this object through a browser.
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Window
Define automatically generated windows of the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Color: Color for backgrounds or indicators

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Copy Window Tabs: Copy all Tabs and Fields from other Window
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Image: A visual picture used to describe an item.
Name: Alphanumeric identifier of the entity
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.
Window Type: Type or classification of a Window

Reference

View larger

Edit standard data types such as strings, integers, lists as well as custom data types.

What is a Reference?

References define data types. This is for the purpose of inputs, processing, outputs, or storage by the application
regarding fields and their parameters. In the configuration of a column, it specifies the data type that it contains.
Reference examples include the following: string, date, integer, list, and search.

List Reference
Define the list elements for a list validation type.

What is the List Reference?

Defines the possible values for a list type reference. This type of reference is used only when there is a unique set of
possibilities that are not significantly different from one another. A good example of such a list are days of the week.
This list can only be modified by the System Administrator.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference: The data type of this field.
Reference List: Reference List based on Table
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Valid until Date: A parameter stating the ending time of a specified request.

Reference
Define basic reference name, description and type.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference: The data type of this field.
Validation type: Different method of validating data
Value Format: Value Format

Selector Class
Define the Java classes that implement the selector reference.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Reference: The data type of this field.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Special Form: The name of the form being edited.


Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Selector Mapping
Add mappings used to call the selector reference through a browser.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Mapping Name: A direction or guide used to call this object through a browser.
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Selector Reference
Define the selector reference with corresponding table and column.

What is a Selector Reference?

In some cases the user can use a pop-up window to fill in a selected field. The pop-up facilitates the selection from the
list with a possibility of using different filters. These fields are created with the search type reference.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference: The data type of this field.
Search:
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column Type:
DB Column Name: The name of a column within the database.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search:

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Suffix: One or many characters which are added at the end of a statement or number.

Table Reference
Define the table reference.

What is the Table Reference?

Allows the user to choose a table and a column that are related to the table type reference. This reference is used when
a selected column does not meet the rule "table name"+_ID. In this case the TableDir reference cannot be used and it
is essential to create a table type reference indicating the Table and Column that the user wants to make a reference to.
For example, the user can find the M_LocatorTo_ID column in the M_MovementLine table. To be TableDir it is
M_Locator_ID with a table type reference Locator.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Display column: Column that will display
Display Value: Displays Value column with the Display column
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Key column: Unique identifier of a record
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference: The data type of this field.
SQL Order by Clause: A specification of the SQL ORDER BY clause used for a displayed default sort of records.
SQL Where Clause: A specification of the SQL WHERE clause used for permanently filtering displayed data.
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Report and Process

View larger

Define and edit reports and processes (database or Java).

Parameter
Define parameters for a process.

Fields:

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Application An element that consolidates help, descriptions and terms for a database column and allows for a
Element: central maintenance.
Central
A flag indicating that this label is managed in a central repository.
Maintenance:
Client: Client for this installation.
DB Column
The name of a column within the database.
Name:
Default Logic 2: Default value hierarchy, separated by ;
The first non-null value in a set of values. It is used as a default value for a field when creating a
Default Value:
record.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Length: An indication of the column length as defined in the database.
Mandatory: An indication noting that completing in a field is required to proceed.
Max. Value: The highest possible value an item can have.
Min. Value: The lowest possible value an object can take.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Process
Process Parameter
Parameter:
Range: The parameter is a range of values
Reference: The data type of this field.
Reference Search
The exact reference specification for a list or a table.
Key:
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Validation: A validation rule that defines how an entry is determined to be valid or invalid.
Value Format: Value Format

Process Class
Define the Java classes for the process that implement it.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Java Class Name: Java Classname


Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Reference: The data type of this field.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Process Mapping
Create mappings for a process used to call the it through a browser.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Mapping Name: A direction or guide used to call this object through a browser.
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Report & Process


Define and edit reports and database or Java processes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Data Access Level: A privilege required to make adjustments to an object.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Direct print: Print without dialog
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Is background: Is background process
Is Jasper Report:
Java Class Name: Java Classname
JR Template name:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client


Print Format: The structure in which a document will be printed.
Procedure: Name of the Database Procedure
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Report: An indication whether something is a document, or a report which summarizes information.
Report View: View used to generate this report
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Statistic Count: Internal statistics how often the entity was used
Statistic Seconds: Internal statistics how many seconds a process took
User can start process: Determines a process can be initiated by the user

Role Access
Edit role access to a particular report or process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.

Form

View larger

Create and edit forms (manual windows) to be used in the application.

What is a Form?

A manually generated window where data is introduced, modified, or deleted. Unlike standard windows, forms permit
more complex data entry and allow the user to input data to be used in more than one location.

Form
Define forms (manual windows) of the application.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Data Access Level: A privilege required to make adjustments to an object.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.

Form Class
Define the Java classes that implement the form.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Reference: The data type of this field.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Form Mapping
Add mappings used to call the form through a browser.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
AD_Model_Object_Mapping_ID:

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Mapping Name: A direction or guide used to call this object through a browser.
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Rule Access
Edit role access to a particular form.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.

Message

View larger

Create and edit application initiated information and error messages.

Message
Define application initiated information and error messages.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Hint: A help or advice provided regarding the application initiated message.
Message: The name of the application initiated message.
Message Text: The text/content of the spplication initiated message.
Message Type: Type of message (Informational, Menu or Error)
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Text Interfaces

View larger

Edit translations of forms and reports.

Text Interface
Edit labels of forms and reports.

What is the Text Interface?

Text interfaces determine what content language/information the user sees in each window, tab, and field.

Keep in mind:

In this window, the user configures the translation of manual windows and generated documents. They can indicate a
text to be translated and the folder where it is located. If the folder's name is empty the translation is applied to all files
where the selected text appears and to the files that do not have any specific translation.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Filename:
Interface Text: Text interfaces Identifier
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Text: A place to add observations related to a specified check point.

Synchronize Terminology

View larger

Edit fields, columns, parameters etc., by synchronizing them with the data contained in the associated application
element.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Setup

Element

View larger

Edit the central repository of application elements to update field name descriptions and help/comments.

Element

Create and edit application elements and their texts.

Keep in Mind:

All columns with the same database name have by default, centralized help, description and terminology. For
example, the name error has the abstract name of ad_error_id. Thus, if a company wants to change the element
from error to mistakes, this is completed and managed here in one step.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
An element that consolidates help, descriptions and terms for a database column and allows
Application Element:
for a central maintenance.
Client: Client for this installation.
DB Column Name: The name of a column within the database.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print Name on Purchase
A option to print the name given in the purchase order document.
Order:
Print Text: The displayed text of an element.
Purchase Order
A space to write additional related information for a purchase order.
Description:
A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields within a
Purchase Order Help:
purchase order.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Purchase Order Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool for a purchase order.

Used in Columns

View tables and columns that a particular application element applies to.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Application An element that consolidates help, descriptions and terms for a database column and allows for a
Element: central maintenance.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
DB Column
The name of a column within the database.
Name:
The first non-null value in a set of values. It is used as a default value for a field when creating a
Default Value:
record.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Display
An indication noting if the input box of a field will present full text or just asterisks.
Encription:
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Identifier: This column is part of the record identifier
Key column: This column is the key in this table
Length: An indication of the column length as defined in the database.
Mandatory: An indication noting that completing in a field is required to proceed.
Max. Value: The highest possible value an item can have.
Min. Value: The lowest possible value an object can take.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Parent link
This column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columns
column:
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Read Only Logic: Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write)
Reference: The data type of this field.
Reference Search
The exact reference specification for a list or a table.
Key:
Selection Column: Is this column used for finding rows in windows
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Synchronize
Change database table definition from application dictionary
Column:

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.
Updatable: An indication that an item can be updated by the user.
Validation: A validation rule that defines how an entry is determined to be valid or invalid.
Value Format: Value Format
Version: Version of the table definition

Field Category

View larger

Edit the subsections of fields within of tabs.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Field Category: A classification of similar fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Auxiliary Input

View larger

Define new inputs for tabs in order to change their behaviour.

Keep in Mind:

This is an supplementary field associated to a tab. It allows the user access to data not defined in the tab and to
data that does not have session variable. They are used in an analogous form to tab fields.For example, selecting
a form of payment can require that all payments be made in cash. Although other options exist, the user is
forced to follow the rule.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Validation Code: The code that will be executed to determine the setup procedure.

Callout

View larger

Define callouts of the application, their classes, and their mapping plan.

What is a Callout?

A callout (sometimes known as a trigger) is an automatic action that occurs when a user makes changes to a given
window. An example of a callout is adding or subtracting visible fields, or filling up an order based on information
inputted into the system. The user can activate all previously developed issues that are being used in the application.

Callout

Define and edit callouts of the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Callout Class

Define Java classes that implement the callout.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Callout: A series of actions that occur when data is modified.


Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Reference: The data type of this field.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Callout Mapping

Introduce mappings used to call the callout through a browser.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Mapping Name: A direction or guide used to call this object through a browser.
Model Object: An identification of an object in the dictionary.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Validation Setup

View larger

Create and edit the validation setup to be used for columns of tables.

Validation

Edit the validation setup used for columns of tables.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Type: A distinct item characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.
Validation: A validation rule that defines how an entry is determined to be valid or invalid.
Validation Code: The code that will be executed to determine the setup procedure.

Month

View larger

Define month names and the part of the year they belong to.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
AD_Month_ID: A month of the year
Client: Client for this installation.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Quarter: Quarter of the year
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Dimension

View larger

Define parameters to be used in making reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Application Dictionary - Openbravo wiki

AD_Dimension_ID: Dimension ID
Client: Client for this installation.
DB Column Name: The name of a column within the database.
DB Table Name: Name of the table in the database
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Join Group 1:
Join Group 2:
Line No: Unique line for this document
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Application_Dictionary"

This page has been accessed 6,679 times. This page was last modified 01:29, 16 September 2009. Content is available
under Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...uments%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Application%20Dictionary.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:17 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup

Contents
1 Application
1.1 Module Management
1.2 Currency
1.2.1 Conversion Rates
1.2.2 Currency
1.3 Language
1.4 Import/Export Translations
1.5 Application Translation Check
1.5.1 Element Translation
1.5.2 Field Category Translation
1.5.3 Field Translation
1.5.4 Form Translation
1.5.5 Menu Translation
1.5.6 Message Translation
1.5.7 Process Translation
1.5.8 Reference List Translation
1.5.9 Language
1.5.10 Tab Translation
1.5.11 Task Translation
1.5.12 Window Translation
1.5.13 Workflow Node Translation
1.5.14 Workflow Translation
1.6 Conversion Rates
1.7 Country Region and City
1.7.1 City
1.7.2 Country
1.7.3 Region
1.8 Location
1.9 Preference
1.9.1 Preference
1.10 Session Info
1.11 Menu
1.12 Workflow
1.12.1 Access
1.12.2 Next Step
1.12.3 Node
1.12.4 Workflow
1.13 Tree and Node Image
1.13.1 Tree
1.14 Task
1.14.1 Access
1.14.2 Task
1.15 Data File Type

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

1.15.1 Data types


1.16 Create Help
1.17 Alert
1.17.1 Alert
1.17.2 Alert Recipient
1.17.3 Alert Rule
1.18 Alert Management
1.19 Heartbeat and Register
2 Client
2.1 Initial Client Setup
2.2 Delete Client
2.3 Copy Client
2.4 Import Client
2.5 Client
2.5.1 Client
2.5.2 Information
2.5.3 Poc Configuration
3 Security
3.1 User
3.1.1 User
3.1.2 User Roles
3.2 Role
3.2.1 Form Access
3.2.2 Org Access
3.2.3 Process Access
3.2.4 Role
3.2.5 Task Access
3.2.6 User Assignment
3.2.7 Window Access
3.2.8 Workflow Access
3.3 Role Access
3.3.1 Column Access
3.3.2 Record Access
3.3.3 Role
3.3.4 Table Access
3.4 Session
3.4.1 Session
3.4.2 Change Log
4 Enterprise
4.1 Initial Organization Setup
4.2 Enterprise Module Management
4.3 Organization Type
4.4 Organization
4.4.1 Organization
4.4.2 Information
4.4.3 Org Schema
4.4.4 Year
5 Process Scheduling

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

5.1 Process Request


6 Process Monitor

Application

Module Management

View larger

Install, update and uninstall extension modules.

Currency

View larger

Define currencies and conversion rates to be used in the application.

Keep in Mind:

The user can define the number of decimals that are used in calculations. It is also possible to introduce the
conversion rates for a specific period of time.

Conversion Rates

Create conversion rates for a selected currency.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Conversion Rate: The amount or quantity at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Conversion Rate Type: A distinct conversion rate characteristic used for processes.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Currency To: Target currency
Divide Rate by: The rate by which the base unit will be divided by to create the converted unit.
Multiple Rate by: The rate by which the base unit will be mutiplied by to create the converted unit.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client


Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Valid until Date: A parameter stating the ending time of a specified request.

Currency

Define currencies to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Costing Precision: Rounding used costing calculations
Currency symbol at the right: Indicates if the currency symbol is at the right side of the amount.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
ISO Code: A coding standard for currencies.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Precision: Price precision
Standard Precision: Rule for rounding calculated amounts
Symbol: An abbreviated description used to define a unit of measure or currency.

Language

View larger

Define multiple languages to be used in the application.

Keep in Mind:

It is possible for users to access the application and use the same information and interfaces (windows, tabs and
fields) in different languages.
If a language is a system terminology, the field translation is allowed.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Base Language: The system information is maintained in this language
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

ISO Country Code: The geographic country code for a country based on the ISO standard.
ISO Language Code: Lower-case two-letter ISO-3166 code - http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt
Language: A method of communication being used.
Language ID:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Pixelsize:
System Language: The screens, etc. are maintained in this Language
Translated By: Translated by
Is RTL: Identifies the language as written from right to left.
Verify Languages: Verify existence of language translation in system (required after creating a new language)

Import/Export Translations

View larger

Import or export localizations.

Application Translation Check

View larger

Create and edit translations for a selected application language.

Element Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected element.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
An element that consolidates help, descriptions and terms for a database column and allows
Application Element:
for a central maintenance.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print Name on Purchase
A option to print the name given in the purchase order document.
Order:
Print Text: The displayed text of an element.
Purchase Order
A space to write additional related information for a purchase order.
Description:
A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields within a
Purchase Order Help:
purchase order.
Purchase Order Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool for a purchase order.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Field Category Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected field category.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Field Category: A classification of similar fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Field Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected field.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Field: Any element which can be viewed, edited, or added to a window.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client


Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Form Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected form.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Menu Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected menu element.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Menu: Identifies a Menu
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Message Translation

Add and edit translations of a specified message.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Hint: A help or advice provided regarding the application initiated message.


Language: A method of communication being used.
Message: The name of the application initiated message.
Message Text: The text/content of the spplication initiated message.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Process Translation

Add and edit translations of a specified process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Reference List Translation

Add and edit translations of a specified reference list.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference List: Reference List based on Table
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Language

Edit an application language translation by selecting it.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Base Language: The system information is maintained in this language
Client: Client for this installation.
ISO Country Code: The geographic country code for a country based on the ISO standard.
ISO Language Code: Lower-case two-letter ISO-3166 code - http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt
Language: A method of communication being used.
Language ID:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
System Language: The screens, etc. are maintained in this Language
Verify Languages: Verify existence of language translation in system (required after creating a new language)

Tab Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected tab.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Confirmation Message: A warning or information displayed when saving the record.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Task Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected task.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Window Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected window.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

Workflow Node Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected workflow node.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Node: The connecting points in a workflow.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.

Workflow Translation

Add and edit translations of a selected workflow.

Fields:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Translation: An indication that an item is translated.
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Conversion Rates

View larger

Define conversion rates to be used for currencies defined in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Conversion Rate: The amount or quantity at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Conversion Rate Type: A distinct conversion rate characteristic used for processes.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Currency To: Target currency
Divide Rate by: The rate by which the base unit will be divided by to create the converted unit.
Multiple Rate by: The rate by which the base unit will be mutiplied by to create the converted unit.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Valid until Date: A parameter stating the ending time of a specified request.

Country Region and City

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Define countries with regions and cities to be used in the application.

City

Define cities to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Area Code: Phone Area Code
City: A populated defined area located within a larger area such as a state, province, or country.
Client: Client for this installation.
Coordinates: Location coordinate
Country: A state or a nation.
Initials: Location code - UN/LOCODE
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Postal Code: A identification code used to help get items to a specific location.
Region: An area of a specific country.

Country

Define countries to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Additional Postal code: Has Additional Postal Code
Additional Postal Format: Additional Postal Format
Address Print Format: Format for printing this Address
Client: Client for this installation.
Country: A state or a nation.
Country has Region: Country contains Regions
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


ISO Country Code: The geographic country code for a country based on the ISO standard.
Language: A method of communication being used.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Phone Format: Phone Format
Postal code Format: Postal code Format
Region Name: The name of an area in a specific country.

Region

Define regions to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Nation_ID:
Country: A state or a nation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Region: An area of a specific country.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Location

View larger

Define addresses or service points of your organizations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Address Line 1: A space to write the location of a business partner.
Address Line 2: A space to write the location of a business partner.
City: A populated defined area located within a larger area such as a state, province, or country.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Country: A state or a nation.
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Postal Code: A identification code used to help get items to a specific location.
Region: An area of a specific country.
Region Name: The name of an area in a specific country.

Preference

View larger

Create and edit extremely restrictive values for a specified user, window, or for the entire application.

Preference

Create a preference. If this preference is in conflict with any other default in the application, this preference will take
priority.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute: A defined characteristic of a specific product.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Preference: Personal Preference
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

Session Info

View larger

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View session information and variables and set certain system settings.

Menu

View larger

View larger

Edit the application menu tree structure according to your business requirements.

Creation Process:

1. Create a new record by clicking on the New button.


2. Fill in the record following the instructions of the description of every field.
3. Assign the created element to a determined place in the tree structure.

Keep in Mind:

Menus available to the user are dependent on the configuration of the Roles.
Every act of entering to the menu that would not be the summary level, is related with an element of the
application. With the Action field we select the element type.
This window is only accessible to the System Administrator.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Menu: Identifies a Menu
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
URL: An address which can be accessed via internet.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.
Workbench: Collection of windows, reports
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Workflow

View larger

Define workflows that guide users through steps required to complete a specified task.

What is a Workflow?

Workflow is a visualization of all the steps that are to be taken in order to create a new Business Partner, Product, etc.
in the application. In this window the user can configure all application workflows.

Keep in Mind:

New workflows created in the application are generated automatically.


A Node represents one step of a desired action in the workflow.
As means of defining the order of the nodes, when creating a node it is necessary to indicate the following node.
For that reason nodes are commonly not created from the last to first.

Access

Edit access to a selected workflow for a role.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Next Step

Define node structures to be shown in the workflow.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Condition: Condition required for workflow to proceed
Next Node: Next Node in workflow
Node: The connecting points in a workflow.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Node

Create nodes for a selected workflow.

Fields:

Action: A drop down list box indicating the next step to take.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Central Maintenance: A flag indicating that this label is managed in a central repository.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Node: The connecting points in a workflow.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.
X Position: Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch
Y Position: Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch

Workflow

Create workflows to be used in the application menu.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Data Access Level: A privilege required to make adjustments to an object.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Node: The connecting points in a workflow.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Tree and Node Image

View larger

Defines the descriptions and images that will be used when a tree is displayed.

Tree

Define structural trees to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
All Nodes: All Nodes are included
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tree: Identifies a Tree
Type Area: Element this tree is built on (i.e Product, Business Partner)

Task

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Define tasks to be used in the application for selected roles.

Access

Add roles that will have access to a specified task.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.

Task

Create tasks that will be performed in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Data Access Level: A privilege required to make adjustments to an object.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Entity Type: Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Java Class Name: Java Classname
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Command: Operating System Command
OS Task: The name of an operating task.

Data File Type

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit formats for attached files (.pdf, .html)

Data types

Create and edit format for the attach files (.pdf, .html)

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Data type: Data type
Format: Format
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Create Help
Create an html file with the content of the online help.

Alert

View larger

Create and edit alerts that will inform you about any critical or important situation in the application.

What is an alert?

An alert is a notification that informs or warns its recipients about a critical or very important situation that has arisen.

What is the alerts usage?

Alerts can be used to prevent delays in the processing of critical situations. Alerts are defined so that whenever the
system recognizes the situation the alert is sent.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

What are the types of alerts?

In Openbravo the user has the possibility to define three types of alerts:

Structural (Allow the user to maintain the application dictionary and are closely related to the data base.)
Functional (Might be used for any operations realized in the application for example, negative stock or incorrect
GL posting.)
Custom Code (Can be any other alerts that might allow the user to prevent critical situation or remind about
something.)

Alert

Create alerts that will inform you about any critical or important situation in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Alert: Alert
Alert Rule: Definition of the alert element
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Fixed: Is fixed
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Record ID: An record identifier in the dictionary.
Reference Search Key: The exact reference specification for a list or a table.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.

Alert Recipient

Add recipients for a selected alert.

Fields:

Alert Rule: Definition of the alert element


Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Alert Rule

Define the alert rule in the SQL format.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Alert Rule: Definition of the alert element
Client: Client for this installation.
Filter clause: Filter clause
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sql: SQL clause
Tab: An indication that a tab is displayed within a window.

Alert Management

View larger

Edit predefined alerts made by the user.

Heartbeat and Register


The first time you log into the system, you will be prompted to setup the Heart Beat functionality and register your
system.

At any time, you can user the Heartbeat and Register windows to the configuration of these functionality.

More

Client

Initial Client Setup

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create a new empty client from scratch.

Keep in Mind:

Please realize that starting from MP19, core itself will appear as a module to be applied to the new client. By
choosing it, the standard configuration for sequences and document types will be created.

Once you have created a new Client it is necessary to import accounts from a csv. file.

Delete Client

View larger

Delete a selected client and all its corresponding data. NOTE: The process is irreversible!

Copy Client

View larger

Create a new client by copying all the data from a chosen existing client.

Import Client
Import Client data into an existing client.

Realize that value setting in field "Name" will be used to compose Entity, Role, Warehouse and Organization name.

Client

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Define client characteristics, additional information, and defaults.

Keep in Mind:

Openbravo is a multi-company application.


The management of each Client is independent from others in the application. *Each Client can be comprised of
one or many organizations.
New Clients are usually not created from this window. The new Client creation process requires several
verifications and processes which are made in the Initial Client Setup Process.

Client

Add client's detailed information.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Directory: Directory for documents from the application server
Language: A method of communication being used.
Mail Host: Hostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAP
Multi Lingual
Documents are Multi Lingual
Documents:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
EMail address to send automated mails from or receive mails for automated processing (fully
Request EMail:
qualified)
Request Folder: EMail folder to process incoming emails; if empty INBOX is used
Request User: User Name (ID) of the email owner
Request User
Password of the user name (ID) for mail processing
Password:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
SMTP Authentification: Your mail server requires Authentification
Web Directory: Web Interface
Web Order EMail: EMail address to receive notifications when web orders were processed

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Information

Add client's advanced settings to be used in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Allow negative stock: Allow negative stock
Calendar: A table showing the days of the week for each month of the year.
The checkorderorg identifies the order organization and the business partner
Check Order Organization:
organization
The Checkinoutorg identifies the shipment organization and the business partner
Check Shipment Organization:
organization.
Client: Client for this installation.
Discount calculated from Line
Payment Discount calculation does not include Taxes and Charges
Amounts:
Goal: The aim or objective for a person or task.
Group Invoice Lines in
Group Accounting Invoice Lines
Accounting:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Primary Accounting Schema: Primary rules for accounting
Primary Tree BPartner: Business Partner Tree
Primary Tree Menu: Tree Menu
Primary Tree Organization: Organization Tree
Primary Tree Product: Product Tree
Primary Tree Project: Project Tree
Primary Tree Sales Region:
Product for Freight:
Second Accounting Schema: Secondary rules for accounting
Second Accounting Schema: For parallel reporting using different accounting currency or field selection
Template B.Partner: Business Partner used for creating new Business Partners on the fly
Third Accounting Schema: For parallel reporting using different accounting currency or field selection
Third Accounting Schema: Terceary rules for accounting
UOM for Length: Standard Unit of Measure for Length
UOM for Time: Standard Unit of Measure for Time
UOM for Volume: Standard Unit of Measure for Volume
UOM for Weight: Standard Unit of Measure for Weight

Poc Configuration

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Configuration tab for the Point of Contact features.

Fields:

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Smtp Server: The smtp server which the openbravo server can use to send emails
Smtp Authentication: Check to be activated when the smtp server requires authentication
Smtp Server Account: The account used to login to the smtp server.
Smtp Server Password: The password used to login to the smtp server

Security

User

View larger

Create users and manage user roles to give access permissions.

Keep in Mind:

After accessing the application, depending on defined roles, users are able to see determined functionalities.
Regardless of what functionalities are available, each of them must have a defined user name and password in
order to access the application.
Before assigning roles to users, it is necessary to create roles in the Roles window.

User

Create users of the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Alternative Phone No.: A second contact telephone number for a business partner.
Birthday: An anniversary of birth for a business partner.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Default Client: Default Session Client

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Default Language: Default Language


Default Organization: Default Organization
Default Role: Defautl Role
Default Warehouse: Default Warehouse
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Email: An email address for a specified business partner.
Email User ID: User Name (ID) in the Mail System
Email User Password: Password of your email user id
Fax: A fax number for a specified business partner.
First name: Name of the contact
Goal: The aim or objective for a person or task.
Last Contact: Date this individual was last contacted
Last Contact Result: A statement related to the result of the last interaction with a business partner.
Last name: Last name of the contact
Name: Alphanumeric identifier of the entity
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Password: A secret code used to allow access to a specified window or tab.
Personal Goal: Goal hierarchy only visible to user
Phone: A telephone number for a specified business partner.
Position: A defined job, title, or ranking within a company.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Supervisor: Supervisor for this user - used for escalation
Title: A description, often abbreviated, of how to address a business partner.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User Name: User Name
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

User Roles

Edit roles for the selected user.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Role

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create roles with assigned users, and edit roles access to organizations, windows, processes, etc.

Keep in Mind:

The process of entity creation automatically creates the roles of Organization Administrator and User of the entity.
Additional roles can be added to control access to the different functionalities or data. Afterwards, roles can be
assigned to each corresponding user.

Form Access

Edit the selected role's access to specified application forms.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Special Form: The name of the form being edited.

Org Access

Edit the selected role's access to the specified organizations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.

Process Access

Edit the selected role's access to the specified application processes.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.

Role

Create roles to give the user the complete or partial access to the application's elements.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Approval Amount: The approval amount limit for this role
Client: Client for this installation.
Client List: Clients this Role can access
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Grant Access: Grants access to module and window, process, task, workflow and forms.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Organization List: List of Organizations this Role can access
Primary Tree Menu: Tree Menu
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
User Level: System Client Organization

Task Access

Edit the selected role's access to specified application tasks.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
OS Task: The name of an operating task.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

User Assignment

Add users to be assigned to the specified role.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Window Access

Edit the selected role's access to specified application windows.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Window: A work area which can be used to create, view, edit, and process a record.

Workflow Access

Edit the selected role's access to specified application workflows.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Editable Field: An indication that this field may be viewed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Workflow: A set of procedures used to show the path to complete a specified task.

Role Access

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Define access to DB tables and columns for selected roles.

Column Access

Create or edit access to DB columns for a selected role.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
Exclude: A selection permitting or denying a role access to specified data.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Record Access

Maintain Record Access

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Exclude: A selection permitting or denying a role access to specified data.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Record ID: Direct internal record ID
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Role

Edit a role for which you want to give or withhold tables and columns tables.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Approval Amount: The approval amount limit for this role
Client: Client for this installation.
Client List: Clients this Role can access
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Organization List: List of Organizations this Role can access
Primary Tree Menu: Tree Menu
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
User Level: System Client Organization

Table Access

Create or edit access to DB tables for a selected role.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Exclude: A selection permitting or denying a role access to specified data.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Read Only: An object which may only be viewed, not edited.
Role: The profile of security for the user defining what windows and tabs they can see.
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Session

View larger

View all logins made in the application.

Session

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Show all changes that have been made in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Creation Date: The date that this record is completed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Remote Addr: Remote Address
Remote Host: Remote Host
Session: User Session Online or Web
Web Session: Web Session ID

Change Log

Data Changes

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Change Log: Log of data changes
Client: Client for this installation.
Column: A link to the database column of the table.
Creation Date: The date that this record is completed.
New Value: New field value
Old Value: The old file data
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Record ID: Direct internal record ID
Session: User Session Online or Web
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

Enterprise
Create organizations and manage the organizational structure of your business.

What is an Organization?

Organization is a business unit. Each entity can have more than one business unit defined. Organizations can be
described as departments, divisions, etc. and can be located in different regions or countries. Each organization can
have its own accounting schema.

Keep in Mind:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Every organization is managed independently, however it is possible to share information between them.
Organizations can be setup using a tree structure so that an organization can have access to specific documents.
Openbravo manages organization hierarchies. The hierarchy can be build using the Tree button.
Each record on the database is related to an organization.
The reports can be filtered by organization. If you select a higher level. organization, the report will show all the
information included in lower levels.

Initial Organization Setup

View Larger

Set up the basic information about an organization.


Fields

Organization The name of the organization.


Organization Type Select an organization type from the list.
Organization Username Edit the name of the organization's default user account.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Parent Organization: Select the parent organization.
Include Accounting: Include Accounting: Select the checkbox to enable an account schema for the organization.
Accounting file: Click Browse to select an accounting schema file.
Reference data: If you have installed any additional modules you can select them.
Accounting dimensions: Select the accounting dimensions that will apply to the organization.

Enterprise Module Management


Install reference data modules at organization level.

Organization Type
Create organization types that you can then apply to organizations within the client.

Client Organization types are specified at System level.


Active Select the checkbox to make the organization type active.
Name Give the organization type a name.
Description Type a brief description of the organization type if required.
Legal Entity Select the checkbox if the organization type is a legal entity.
Business Unit Select the checkbox if the organization type is a business unit.
Transactions Allowed Select the checkbox if the organization type is able to carry out transactions on the system.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Organization
Create organizations to manage your company's organizational structure.

Organization

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Organization Type: Select the organization type from the list.
Calendar: Select the financial calendar used by the organization.

Information

View Larger

Add complementary information for a selected organization.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
D-U-N-S: Dun & Bradstreet Number
Goal: The aim or objective for a person or task.
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Logo:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Reference Order: Uses Order document number as inout number
Tax ID: The government defined unique number for assigning and paying taxes.
Tax Not Deductible: purchase VAT must be posted as an expense for chosen organization.
Sales Tax Exempt Selected exempted Sales Tax is used while posting sales invoices for “Tax Not Deductible”

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Rate: Organizations.

Org Schema

Specify the accounting schemas associated with the organization.

Fields

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Active: Select the checkbox to make the schema active
Accounting Schema Select the accounting schema.

Year

Displays information about the financial year if the organization has a calendar associated with it.
Fields

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Fiscal Year The financial year of the calendar
Description A brief description of the year
Active: Select the checkbox to make the year active

Process Scheduling
Schedule and monitor system processes.

Process Request
Fields

Client Client for this installation


Process Select the process to be scheduled.
Timing Select whether to run the process immediately, later or at a scheduled time.
Organization Select the organization
Active Select the checkbox to make the process active
Security Based Select the checkbox to enable the process to be viewed and edited by other users with the same user
on Role as scheduled the process.
Start date Specify the date that a later or scheduled process will start
Start time Specify the time that a later or scheduled process will start
Frequency Specify how frequently the scheduled process will take place
Interval / Specify further details of your chosen frequency. For example for daily frequency, specify the days

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/General Setup - Openbravo wiki

Option of the week on which the process will take place.


Repetitions Specify how often the process will repeat per interval
Finishes Select the checkbox if the process finishes. Clear the checkbox to let the process run indefinitely
Finish time If the process is scheduled to finish, specify the finish time

Process Monitor
Check the progress of scheduled processes.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/General_Setup"

This page has been accessed 9,753 times. This page was last modified 05:06, 26 July 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/General%20Setup.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:25 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management

Contents
1 Business Partner
1.1 Bank Account
1.2 Business Partner
1.3 Contact
1.4 Customer
1.5 Discount
1.6 Employee/Sales Rep
1.7 Interest Area
1.8 Location/Address
1.9 Product Template
1.10 Salary category
1.11 Shipment Route
1.12 Vendor/Creditor
1.13 Volume Discount
1.14 Volume Discount Settlement
1.15 Withholding
2 Product
2.1 Bill of Materials
2.2 Costing
2.3 Org Specific
2.4 Price
2.5 Product
2.6 Product Customer
2.7 Purchasing
2.8 Replenish
2.9 Substitute
2.10 Transactions
2.11 UOM
3 Send Email
4 Pricing
5 Import Data

Business Partner

View larger

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Create and edit business partner information, templates, and bank accounts.

What is a Business Partner?

All clients, suppliers, creditors, employees, and anyone else with whom the company interacts.

Keep in Mind:

Each business partner may be assigned to a business partner group. This option permits the user to apply certain
characteristics to all business partners of a selected group.
The correct management of data in Business Partner Setup is essential for guaranteeing coherence and accuracy
when using the application.

Bank Account
Define bank accounts to be used for monetary transactions with this business partner.

Fields:

Account City: City or the Credit Card or Account Holder


Account
Country
Country:
Account
Email Address
EMail:
Account
Name for the Bank Account
Name:
Account No: Account Number (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding).
Account
State of the Credit Card or Account holder
State:
Account
Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder
Street:
Account
Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder
Zip/Postal:
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner :
Client: Client for this installation.
Displayed
Aspect that this bank account will have when showed anywhere in the application.
Account:
Driver's
Payment Identification - Driver License
License No:
International Bank Account Number. If filled in, bank country must be indicated in the country combo
IBAN:
box.
Name: An identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Show A flag indicating that this bank account will be shown in an Generic format, using the bank account
Generic: code contained in the Generic Account textbox.
A flag indicating that this bank account will be shown in an IBAN format, using the bank account
Show IBAN:
code contained in the IBAN textbox, and checking that honors the IBAN control check..
Social
Payment Identification - Social Security No
Security No:
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Zip verified: The Zip Code has been verified

Business Partner
Create a business partner to be used in the application.

Fields:

Acquisition Cost: The cost of gaining the prospect as a customer


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Active Prospect/Customer: Indicates a Prospect or Customer
Actual Life Time Value: Actual Life Time Revenue
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Business Partner
A classification of business partners based on defined similarities.
Category:
Client: Client for this installation.
Consumption Days: Consumption Days
Credit Status: Sales Credit Status
Credit Used: Current open balance
Customer: A business partner who will be making purchases.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
D-U-N-S: Dun & Bradstreet Number
Employees: Number of employees
First Sale: Date of First Sale
Forced org:
Language: Language for this application
NAICS/SIC: Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html
Name: Alphanumeric identifier of the entity
Name 2: Additional Name
One time transaction:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Potential Life Time Value: Total Revenue expected
Reference No.: The number for a specific reference.
Sales Volume: Total Volume of Sales

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.


Share: Share of Customer's business as a percentage
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Tax Exempt: A condition stating that for a specific case, taxes must not be applied.
Tax ID: The government defined unique number for assigning and paying taxes.
Title: A description, often abbreviated, of how to address a business partner.
UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.
URL: An address which can be accessed via internet.
Valuation: An estimation or appraisal with the goal of defining a value.
Vendor: A business partner who sells products or services.
Warehouse Calendar:

Contact
Define contacts for dealing with a selected business partner.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Alternative Phone No.: A second contact telephone number for a business partner.
Birthday: An anniversary of birth for a business partner.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Email: An email address for a specified business partner.
Email User ID: User Name (ID) in the Mail System
Email User Password: Password of your email user id
Fax: A fax number for a specified business partner.
First name: Name of the contact
Goal: The aim or objective for a person or task.
Last Contact: Date this individual was last contacted
Last Contact Result: A statement related to the result of the last interaction with a business partner.
Last name: Last name of the contact
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Password: A secret code used to allow access to a specified window or tab.
Personal Goal: Goal hierarchy only visible to user
Phone: A telephone number for a specified business partner.
Position: A defined job, title, or ranking within a company.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Supervisor: Supervisor for this user - used for escalation


Title: A description, often abbreviated, of how to address a business partner.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User: Alphanumeric identifier of the entity
User Name: User Name
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Customer
Define customer properties of a business partner that will purchase items from you.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Credit Limit: Total outstanding invoice amounts allowed
Credit Used: Current open balance
Customer: A business partner who will be making purchases.
Customer Bankaccount: Default Customer Bankaccount
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery Terms: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Dunning: Dunning Rules for overdue invoices
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Invoice grouping:
Invoice Print Format: Print Format for printing Invoices
Invoice Rule: Frequency and method of invoicing
Invoice Schedule: Schedule for generating Invoices
Managers:
Maturity Date 1: The day of the month that invoices are due. 3 maturity dates can be defined.
Maturity Date 2: The day of the month that invoices are due. 3 maturity dates can be defined.
Maturity Date 3: The day of the month that invoices are due. 3 maturity dates can be defined.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Number of Copies: The number of copies of each document that will be printed.
Order Description: Description to be used on orders
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Price List Adjustment: A set of guidelines applied to current Price List in order to create a price list.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.


Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
SO BP Tax Category: SO BP Tax Category

Additional Information:

Invoice Rule: Defines how to invoice a client. There are various options for invoicing:

After Delivery: Invoice all shipments after they have been received.
Immediately: All requested materials should be invoiced, without waiting for materials to be delivered
Do not invoice: Requests associated with this invoice should not be invoiced
After order delivery: Completed and delivered orders are then invoiced. If a partial order has been delievered, an
invoice is sent after the entire order is delivered.
Schedule after delivery: Invoice will be done according to an invoice calendar keeping in mind requested
shipments. The invoice calender will establish the invoice dates.

Discount
Add discounts which may be made available to this business partner.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Cascade: Any additional discount built upon the remaining total after applying previous discounts.
C_Bpartner_Discount_ID:
Client: Client for this installation.
Customer: A business partner who will be making purchases.
Discount: The percentage price reduction based on the list price.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Vendor: A business partner who sells products or services.

Employee/Sales Rep
Define employee properties of a business partner.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Current Salary Current salary category for the employee, representing a classification of salaries based on

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Category: similar characteristics or attributes.


Employee: A business partner who will be working for an organization.
Ismanager:
Isworker:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Operator: A business partner who will be used for production processes.
Sales
The person in charge of carry out an order.
Representative:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Interest Area
Create an interest area for the business partner to note special needs or requests.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Interest Area: Interest Area or Topic
Opt-out Date: Date the contact opted out
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Subscribe Date: Date the contact actively subscribed
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Location/Address
Define locations or addresses for the business partner.

Keep in Mind:

The following types of addresses exist:

Ship-to-Address: Address to use when shipping orders to this Business Partner


Bill-to-Address: Address to use when sending an invoice
Pay-from-Address: Address the Business Partner pays from and where dunning letters will be sent
Remit-to-Address: Address to which the user should send payments to this Business Partner

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Alternative Phone
A second contact telephone number for a business partner.
No.:
Bill-To Address: Indicates that this address is the Bill to Address

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Fax: A fax number for a specified business partner.
ISDN: ISDN or modem line
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Pay-From address: Business Partner pays from that address and we'll send dunning letters there
Phone: A telephone number for a specified business partner.
Remit-To address: Address we send payments to
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Ship-to address: Business Partner address to ship goods to

Tax Location: This field indicates that this location is a fiscal address. Fiscal addresses are shown in all
documents.

UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.

Product Template
Create a product template to be used to carry out simple sales order transactions with this business partner.

Keep in Mind:

The user can define a request template, avoiding the need to constantly input certain lines. With templates, a
standard request may still be customized. Once defined, the business partner template can be used for sales and
requests.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Template Type: Type of the template

Salary category
Capability to store the different salary categories that one employee has had during his/her career.

Fields:

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Salary Category: A classification of salaries based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Starting date: Date since the selected salary category is applied to the Business Partner.

Shipment Route
Create a delivery position for this business partner on a defined shipment route.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Vendor/Creditor
Define a business partner as a vendor who will sell items.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Fix month day 2: Day of the month of the due date
Fix month day 3: Day of the month of the due date
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Maturity Date 1: The day of the month that invoices are due. 3 maturity dates can be defined.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
PO BP Tax Category: Bussines Partner Tax Category as a Vendor
PO Discount Schema: Schema to calculate the purchase trade discount percentage
Purchase Price List: A catalog of selected products which can be purchased, each with a specified price.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Vendor: A business partner who sells products or services.


Vendor Bank Account: Default Vendor Bank Account

Volume Discount
Add volume discounts which may be made available to this business partner.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Business partner rappel:
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Invoice: Create invoice
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Valid until Date: A parameter stating the ending time of a specified request.
Volume Discount: A promotion given at a specific time of year based on purchase amounts.

Volume Discount Settlement


View invoices for volume discounts accepted and used by this business partner.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business partner rappel:
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

Withholding
Define Withholding. The withholding is a fee that a holder of VAT retains from the paid parcel to a professional, but
not against a private person. The company becomes a substitute for the tax, and the company must pay the withholding
to the Treasury instead of professional.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Name: An identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Description: Space to write additional related information.
Rate: The percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

Product

View larger

Create products and manage the related costing, purchasing, and pricing setup.

Keep in Mind:

Products are one of the three crucial aspects of data management in Openbravo.
Products can be purchased, sold, in production, or stored.
In order to properly define any product it is necessary to go first to the Product Setup.

Bill of Materials
Edit the bill of materials components the selected product consists of.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
BOM Line:
BOM Product: Bill of Material Product
BOM Quantity: Bill of Materials Quantity
BOM Type: Type of BOM
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.

Costing
Define cost information for this specific product.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Client: Client for this installation.


Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Cost Type: A distinct cost characteristic used for processes.
Costing:
Ending Date: A parameter stating the ending time range related for a specified request, query, etc.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Permanent:
Price: The cost or value of a good or service.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Production Line: A statement displaying one item or action in the application.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Shipment/Receipt Line: A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Starting Date: A parameter stating the starting time range related to a specified request.
Total Movement Quantity: The final quantity to be moved based on the related business process.

Org Specific
Define specific characteristics which allow this product to be used in an organization.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Capacity: Capacity
Client: Client for this installation.
Minimum lead time in days to complete the proposal. For example, if this value is 10 and a
product is needed for October 30th, MRP suggests initiating purchasing or production on
Minimum Lead
October 20th.
Time:
Please notice that the label is a misnomor as this parameter is not expressed in minutes. A
better label would have been Minimum Delay or Minimum Lead Time
Max Qty.: Maximun Quantity
Min Qty.: Minumun Quantity.
M_Product_Org_ID: Details for a product in different organizations.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planner: The person in charge of making an MRP plan.
Planning Method:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Qty. Std: Quantity Standard
Qty. Type: Quantity Type

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Safety Stock:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.

Price
Define prices which will be used to buy or sell this product. There are three price types:

List Price: The starting price of a product before any discount is applied. This is the price usually published in
the catalog.
Standard Price: Indicated the final product price.
Limit Price: Indicates a lowest possible price that could be applied for the established product .

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
List Price: The starting price of a product before any discount is applied.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Price List Version: A price list with a specified validity range.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.

Product
Create a product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set: A group of attributes which are assigned to a selected product.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Bill of Materials: Defines if the Product is a Bill of Materials
Bundle Uom:
Business Partner : Identifies a Business Partner
Classification: Classification for grouping
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Company Agent: Purchase or Company Agent
Cost Standar:
Cost Type: A distinct cost characteristic used for processes.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description URL: An address for the product description which can be accessed via internet.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Discontinued: A statement mentioning that this product will no longer be available on the market.
Discontinued by: The name of the person who discontinues an item.
Download URL: URL of the Download files
Enforce attribute: For differing the stock of a product by the attribute
Expense Type: Expense report type
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Greenpoint Uom:
Guarantee Days: Number of days the product is guaranteed or available
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Image: A visual picture used to describe an item.
Image URL: An address for the product image which can be accessed via internet.
Ispriceprinted: Defines if the pricestd is going to be printed or not in the document
Mail Template: A template used to organize and send mail using a standard format.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Name 2: Additional space to write the name of a business partner.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print detail records on
Print detail BOM elements on the invoice
invoice :
Print detail records on pick
Print detail BOM elements on the pick list
list:
Process Plan: A guide stating how a certain item must move through the transformation process.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Product Category: A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.
An important classification used to determine the accounting and management of a
Product Type:
product.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Purchase: An indication that an item may be purchased by a business partner.
Resource: Resource
Revenue Recognition: Method for recording revenue
Sale: An indication that an item may be sold by a business partner.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Shelf Depth: Shelf depth required
Shelf Height: Shelf height required
Shelf Width: Shelf width required
SKU: A "stock keeping unit" used to track items sold to business partners.
Stock minimum: Minimum stock of a product
Stocked: Organization stocks this product
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Tax Category: A classification of tax options based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Units Per Pallet: Units Per Pallet

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.


UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.
Upc2:
Verified: The BOM configuration has been verified
Verify BOM: Verify BOM Structure
Version No: Version Number
Volume: Volume of a product
Weight: Weight of a product

Product Customer
Assigns products to customers

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
M_Product_Customer_ID: Product assignation to customer
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.

Purchasing
Define information necessary to purchase this product from a specific vendor.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Actual Delivery
Actual days between order and delivery
Time:
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Capacity: Capacity
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Current vendor: Use this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishment
Discontinued: A statement mentioning that this product will no longer be available on the market.
Discontinued by: The name of the person who discontinues an item.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Fixed Cost per


The additional added fixed cost for a purchased product.
Order:
Last Invoice Price: The last price paid for this product, as noted in a completed invoice.
Last Purchase Price: The last price pad for this product, as noted in a completed purchase order.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Manufacturer: The business partner that makes a specific product.
Minimum Order
The minimum number of an item that must be purchased at one time from a vendor.
Qty.:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Applicable
The time from which a price is valid.
from:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Order
The price charged to purchase a specific item.
Price:
Qty. Std: Quantity Standard
Qty. Type: Quantity Type
Quality Rating: Method for rating vendors
Quantity per
The number of a specific item that comes in one package.
Package:
Royalty Amount: (Included) Amount for copyright, etc.
Purchasing Lead Indicates the number of days between placing an order and the actual delivery as promised by
Time: the vendor.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.
Vendor Category: A classification of vendors based on similar characteristics or attributes.
The identifier used by a vendor to indentify a product being purchased by their business
Vendor Product No.:
partners.

Replenish
Define Replenishment

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Maximum Level: Maximum Inventory level for this product
Minimum Level: Minimum Inventory level for this product
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Replenish Type: Method for re-ordering a product
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Substitute
Define substitute products to be used if this product becomes unavailable.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Substitute: Product which can be used in place of another product

Transactions
View all transactions related to this product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Inventory Transaction:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Movement Line: An often automatically generated identifier for a movement line.
Movement Quantity: The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Movement Type: The type of a certain item being moved from one location to another.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Physical Inventory Line: A statement displaying one item in the physical inventory list.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production Line: A statement displaying one item or action in the application.
Project Issue: Project Issues (Material, Labor)
Shipment/Receipt Line: A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.

UOM
Add a unit of measurement to this product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Master Data Management - Openbravo wiki

Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Send Email
Create a predefined email to send to a group of business partners, or one specific contact.

Pricing
More

Import Data
To aid the transfer of data from other programs to Openbravo, CSV files can be imported.

More

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Master_Data_Management"

This page has been accessed 7,894 times. This page was last modified 11:19, 29 May 2009. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Master%20Data%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:40 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Requisition
1.1.1 Header
1.1.2 Lines
1.1.3 Matched PO Lines
1.2 Manage Requisitions
1.2.1 Header
1.2.2 Lines
1.2.3 Matched PO Lines
1.3 Requisition To Order
1.4 Purchase Order
1.4.1 Header
1.4.2 Lines
1.4.3 Line Tax
1.4.4 Payment
1.4.5 Price Adjustments
1.4.6 Tax
1.5 Goods Receipt
1.5.1 Header
1.5.2 Lines
1.6 Purchase Invoice
1.6.1 Accounting dimension
1.6.2 Header
1.6.3 Lines
1.6.4 Line Tax
1.6.5 Payment
1.6.6 Price Adjustment
1.6.7 Tax
1.7 Vendor Expense Invoice
1.7.1 Expense Invoice
1.8 Vendor Expense Invoice (Alpha)
1.8.1 Included Lines
1.8.2 Invoice
1.9 Matched Purchase Orders
1.10 Matched Invoices
1.11 Create Invoices
1.12 Pending Goods Receipt
2 Analysis Tools
2.1 Purchase Order Dimensional Report
2.2 Goods Receipts Dimensional Report
2.3 Purchase Invoice Dimensional Report
2.4 Purchase Order Report
2.5 Vendor Invoice Report

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

2.6 Purchase Order Report with JR

Transactions

Requisition

View larger

Users create Requisitions in this window. Each requisition can have a preferred vendor and/or Price List. The
requisitions are owned by an user of the ERP and have different statuses, each of them allowing different actions.

Header

Any ERP user can enter its requisitions. Requisitions are created in Draft status and have to be Completed to confirm
them.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner: Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: Actual Status of the Requisition
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Post Requisition: Button to change the status of the requisition
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Requester: User of the ERP that owns the Requisition

Lines

Each line is a product demand for a specific date. It is also possible to define a preferred vendor, price list and the
correspondent prices.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Attribute Set
Identifies a unique value of an Attribute Set
Value:
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner:
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: Indicates the currency to be used when processing this document.
Discount %: The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Internal
Notes that can be set with the aim to be seen only by users with access to the record.
Notes:
Matched PO
Indicates the already ordered quantity to fulfill the demand.
Quantity
Need by date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Line Net
The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Amount:
Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a
Line No.:
document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Locked by: Indicates the user that is locking the record.
Indicate the reason to be locked the requisition line. The demands are locked when are being used in
processes that will generate Purchase Orders to fulfill the demand. The lock is removed when those
Lock cause: processes finish or if the lock is 3 days old.

The causes are The Requisition to Order window or the inclusion of the demand in a MRP process.||

Indicates the date when the record was locked. Id the lock it is more than 3 days old it is considered as
Lock date:
unlocked.
Lock qty: Quantity set to be used when the record is processed.
Lock price: Price set to be used when the record is processed.
Order
Product quantity in the order uom.
Quantity:
Order UOM: Alternative order uom for the product.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Price List: Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Requisition: Identifies a unique Requisition
Each product demand has its own status different than the status of the requisition. The statuses of the
demands are:
Requisition
line status: Open: The demand hasn't been yet fulfilled. Closed: Has been ordered enough products. Cancelled:
The demand has been closed without ordering any product. Planned: The demand has been included in
a Purchase Plan of the MRP module.||

Unit Price: The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency.
UOM: The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Matched PO Lines

Purchase Order lines created to fulfill the product demand.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Requisition Line: Identifies each product demand of a requisition.
Purchase Order Line: A unique identifier and a reference to a purchase order line (product).
Quantity: The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document.

Manage Requisitions

View larger

The Purchase Manager manages the completed requisitions in this window. It is possible to create the purchase orders
automatically or assign the Purchase Order Lines to the correspondent product demand manually.

Header

By default appears all the completed requisitions. It is possible to create Purchase Orders automatically and close them
when all the demand has been fulfilled.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner:
Client: Client for this installation.
This process will create several Purchase Orders to complete all the requisition lines. One order line is
created for each requisition line with the necessary quantity to fulfill the requested quantity. The
process closes the requisition when it finishes successfully.

Create The Order Date is used for the necessary dates of the Purchase Orders. The Business Partner is the
Purchase preferred vendor for the Purchase Orders, if it is leaved blank is used the Partner defined in the
Order: requisition line or in the requisition. If those are also not defined is used the current vendor set for the
product. The Price List is the preferred price list for the Purchase Orders, if it is leaved blank it is used

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

the Price List defined in the requisition line or in the requisition. The Organization is the Organization
used for the Purchase Orders. The Service Point is the Warehouse needed in the Purchase Order
headers.||

Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document
An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
No.:
Document
Actual Status of the Requisition
Status:
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Post
Button to change the status of the requisition
Requisition:
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Requester: User of the ERP that owns the Requisition

Lines

Each line is a product demand for a specific date. It is also possible to define a preferred vendor, price list and the
correspondent prices. If the line is locked it is possible to view in this tab the user and the cause of the lock.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set
Identifies a unique value of an Attribute Set
Value:
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner:
This process changes the status of the requisition. If it is open an has purchase order lines assigned it is
Change
set to closed, in case it hasn't any purchase order it is set as canceled. When the requisition is closed or
Status:
canceled the process set it as open.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: Indicates the currency to be used when processing this document.
Description: A description is limited to 255 characters.
Discount %: The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Internal
Notes that can be set with the aim to be seen only by users with access to the record.
Notes:
Matched PO
Indicates the already ordered quantity to fulfill the demand.
Quantity
Need by date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Notes for
Notes set to include in the Purchase Orders with indications to the vendor.
supplier:
Line Net
The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Amount:

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a
Line No.:
document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Locked by: Indicates the user that is locking the record.
Indicate the reason to be locked the requisition line. The demands are locked when are being used in
processes that will generate Purchase Orders to fulfill the demand. The lock is removed when those
Lock cause: processes finish or if the lock is 3 days old.

The causes are The Requisition to Order window or the inclusion of the demand in a MRP process.||

Indicates the date when the record was locked. Id the lock it is more than 3 days old it is considered as
Lock date:
unlocked.
Lock qty: Quantity set to be used when the record is processed.
Lock price: Price set to be used when the record is processed.
Order
Product quantity in the order uom.
Quantity:
Order UOM: Alternative order uom for the product.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Price List: Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Requisition: Identifies a unique Requisition
Each product demand has its own status different than the status of the requisition. The statuses of the
demands are:
Requisition
line status: Open: The demand hasn't been yet fulfilled. Closed: Has been ordered enough products. Cancelled:
The demand has been closed without ordering any product. Planned: The demand has been included in
a Purchase Plan of the MRP module.||

Unit Price: The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency.
UOM: The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure

Matched PO Lines

Purchase Order lines created to fulfill the product demand. They can be inserted manually or automatically with the
process to generate the purchase orders.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Requisition Line: Identifies each product demand of a requisition.
Purchase Order Line: A unique identifier and a reference to a purchase order line (product).
Quantity: The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Requisition To Order

View larger

In the Requisition to Order window it is possible to create Purchase Order from the desired Requisition lines.

The window is structured in two different areas. The upper one to search open requisitions. And the second one for
locked requisitions.

To search the Requisition lines there are available several filtering options. The "Add lines without vendor" checkbox
is used when a Vendor has been selected to include or not Requisition lines that do not have a vendor.

The relation of found Requisition lines shows the Open requisitions lines of completed requisitions and that are not
locked.

The Requisition lines that are intended to use to create the Purchase Order have to be selected from this relation and
added to the lock area.

In the lock area there are all the Requisition Lines locked by the user, even those that do not fulfill the filters of the
search area. Requisition Lines that have been locked for more than 3 days are considered as not locked.

Each time that is pressed the Create button is opened a popup to create a unique Purchase Order with as many lines as
necessary. In the lock area it is possible to change the quantity that is desired to order for each requisition line and it is
possible to set the price actual.

Purchase Order

View larger

Create and edit orders to buy products from suppliers.

What is a Purchase Order?

A document that specifies products ordered from a specific vendor, as well as the price, terms, and conditions of that
order. Purchase orders are created from requests that have been made by various departments.

Keep in Mind:

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create a purchase order and process it when ready.

Fields:

Accounting The date this transaction is


Date: recorded in the general ledger.
A flag indicating whether this
Active: record is available for use or
de-activated.
A distinct activity defined and
Activity: used in activity based
management.
Indicates if this document
Approved:
requires approval
Anyone who takes part in
Business daily business operations by
Partner : acting as a customer,
employee, etc.
A cost or expense incurred
Charge:
during business activity.
The amount of a cost or
Charge
expense incurred during
amount:
business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Company
Purchase or Company Agent
Agent:
Copy from
Copy From Order
Order:
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Order
Credit
Credit has been approved
Approved:
An accepted medium of
Currency: monetary exchange that may
vary across countries.
Date the document was
Date printed:
printed.
Delivered:
The specific place or address
Delivery

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

an order will be shipped to or


Location:
carried out from.
The desired means of getting
Delivery
requested goods to a business
Method:
partner.
Delivery
notes:
Delivery A definition stating when a
Rule: specific delivery will occur.
A space to write additional
Description:
related information.
An often automatically
Document
generated identifier for all
No.:
documents.
A specified position resulting
Document
from processes which
Status:
have/have not been executed.
A value defining what
Document sequence and process setup
Type: are used to handle this
document.
Drop Ship Business Partner Contact for
Contact: Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Business Partner Shipment
Location: Location for Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Business Partner for Drop
Partner: Shipment
Form of The method used to pay the
Payment: request.
Freight The charge amount for a
Amount: specified shipment.
Freight Cost The calculation method used
Rule: when charging freight.
The final monetary amount
Grand Total
(including taxes) charge listed
Amount:
in a document.
The applicable international
Incoterms:
commercial terms.
The geographical location that
INCOTERMS
belongs to the applied
description:
Incoterm.
Invoice
Bill From Address
From:
Frequency and method of
Invoice Rule:
invoicing

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Order Date: The time listed on the order.


A reference or document
Order
order number as listed in
Reference:
business partner application.
Organizational entity within
Organization:
client
Identifies the (ship from)
Partner
address for this Business
Address:
Partner
The setup and timing defined
Payment
to complete a specified
Terms:
payment.

An accounting status noting if To see that button in 2.34 version you need two things: - Make sure that
Posted: a specified transaction was the option 'Show accounting tabs' in 'General Setup > Application >
added to the general ledger. Session Information is checked. - The status of the purchase order
should be 'Completed'

Price
Tax is included in the price
includes Tax:
A catalog of selected items
Price List: with prices defined generally
or for a specific partner.
A reference stating whether or
not the document has been
Print:
printed at any time in the
past.
An option to have any
Print
discount printed on the
Discount:
invoice.
A defined level of importance
Priority:
or precedence.
Process
Order:
Process
Order:
A confirmation that the
Processed: associated documents or
requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase
Purchase Order
Order:
An indication that a
Re-invoice: transaction may be invoiced
to a business partner.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Sales An advertising effort aimed at


Campaign: increasing sales.
An indication that a transfer
Sales
of goods and money between
Transaction:
business partners is occurring.
Scheduled The date that a task, process,
Delivery or action is to be completed
Date: or delivered by.
Selected:
This is a Self-Service entry or
Self-Service: this entry can be changed via
Self-Service
Enable sending Document
Send EMail:
EMail
Shipping The name of the company
Company: making the shipment.
The final sum of all line totals
Summed Line made to a specified document
Amount: or transaction (not including
taxes).
Transaction The specific document type
Document which should be used for a
Type: specified transaction.
Transferred to General Ledger
Transferred:
(i.e. accounted)
The organization which
Trx
performs or initiates the
Organization:
transaction.
An acquaintance to reach for
User/Contact: information related to the
business partner.
Warehouse / The location where products
Service Point: arrive to or are sent from.
A display of optional
1st elements that are previously
Dimension: defined for this account
combination.
A display of optional
2nd elements that are previously
Dimension: defined for this account
combination.

Lines

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Add products to be included in your purchase order. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date Delivered: Date when the product was delivered
Delivered Quantity: Delivered Quantity
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Direct shipment: Ship direct from Vendor to Customer
The proportional discount given to an item, without respect to any previously defined
Discount %:
discounts.
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Last price so:
Line Net Amount : The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from
Order Quantity:
the standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Purchase Order Line: Purchase Order Line
The number of an item involved in a transaction, given in standard units. It is used to
Quantity:
determine price per unit.
Reserved Quantity: Reserved Quantity
Resource Assignment: Resource Assignment
Scheduled Delivery
The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Date:
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
SO/PO Reference: Reference to corresponding Sales/Purchase Order
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or
Tax:
transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Line Tax

View taxes applied to your order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Purchase Order Line: A unique identifier and a reference to a purchase order line (product).
Tax: The Tax indicates the type of tax for this document line.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction line.
Taxable Amount: The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.

Payment

Create an obligation for accounting to pay for all or part of your purchase order amount in advance.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Cancel processed: Cancel processed
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Change Debt Payment: Take this Debt/Payment out of the settlement
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Settlement_Generate_ID: Settlement generate
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Is Automatic Generated: It is automatically generated
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a
Receipt:
monetary transaction.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Price Adjustments

View applied price adjustments for each order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Adjusted Price: The price to be offered after discounts or price increases.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Adjustment Amt.: The amount by which this price is raised or lowered.
Purchase Order Line: Purchase Order Line

Tax

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Edit taxes applied to your order.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Taxable Amount: The total sum on which taxes are added.

Goods Receipt

View larger

Create and edit goods receipts from your vendors and create invoices from these receipts.

What is a Goods Receipt?

A shipment document stating what has been received from a specific supplier. This receipt may be generated manually
or created from a Purchase Order or Vendor Invoice. Without this document, the system does not know that new
materials are on hand.

Creation Process:

There are two possibilities when creating a goods receipt.

Copying lines from an order and including them in the desired goods receipt.
Creating it manually from the beginning. This is useful when creating a goods receipt without a specific order.
In this case it is necessary to manually define lines or products in the Lines tab.
Using the Pending Goods Receipt window to automatically create the goods receipt from the purchase orders.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Create and process a goods receipt.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer,
Business Partner :
employee, etc.
Calculate Freight Amount:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Company Agent: Purchase or Company Agent
Create From Multiple:
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Delivery Location: The specific place or address an order will be shipped to or carried out from.
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery Rule: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and
Generate Invoice from Receipt:
completed.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Logistic:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Movement Type: The type of a certain item being moved from one location to another.
Number of Packages: The number of packages being shipped.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
Pick Date: Date/Time when picked for Shipment
An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general
Posted:
ledger.
A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the
Print:

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

past.
Priority: A defined level of importance or precedence.
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is
Sales Transaction:
occurring.
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Ship Date: Shipment Date/Time
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
Tracking No: Number to track the shipment
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update Attributes from
Update attributes from shipment
Shipment:
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
1st Dimension:
combination.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
2nd Dimension:
combination.

Lines

Add products which are included in your goods receipt. Each product is shown on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Line
Line:
Re-invoice: An indication that a transaction may be invoiced to a business partner.
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipment/Receipt
A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Line:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Purchase Invoice

View larger

Create and edit invoices received from your vendors and generate related goods receipts.

What is a Purchase Invoice?

An invoice is a written statement which marks goods sent to a buyer by a supplier. It also indicates the quantity and
price of each product or service included in the order.

Keep in Mind:

Invoices can be created manually without any relation to the order or goods receipt. They can also be copied
from a purchase order or a goods receipt.
When completing the invoice a payment is generated that appears in the Payment tab.
Taxes are assigned automatically when introducing products in the Lines tab.
Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Accounting dimension

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary sum of two or more quantities.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
1st Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Header

Create and edit a sales invoice.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Company Agent: Purchase or Company Agent
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Invoice
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Days till due: Number of days left for the next due date.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Due amount: Total amount due.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate Receipt Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. The invoice should be correct and
from Invoice: completed.
Grand Total
The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Amount:
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Last Calculated On
Last Calculated On Date for payment monitor.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Date:
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Outstanding
Amount pending to be paid.
Amount:
Partner Address: Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
Payment Complete: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary transaction.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Process Invoice:
Process Invoice:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Summed Line
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not including taxes).
Amount:
Total paid: Total amount paid.
Transaction
The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Document Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update payment Updates payment monitor information. Total paid, Outstanding Amount, Days till due, Due
monitor: amount, Payment Complete and Last Calculated On Date fields.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
1st Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Add products to be included in your invoice. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Value:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description
if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Only:
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice discount:
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Invoice
The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Quantity:
Line Net
The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Amount :
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Financial A check for the end-user to enter a "Financial" invoice instead of a "Product" related invoice,
Invoice Line which implies that "Product" field is removed and a new one named "Account" is shown.
A G/L item setup as "Enable in Financial Invoices" which allows end-user to enter "non-product"
Account
related invoices but "financial" invoices related to accounts/GL items
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price
The ability to raise or lower prices.
Adjustment:
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Project Line: Task or step in a project
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Line
Line:
Resource
Resource Assignment
Assignment:
Shipment/Receipt
A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Line:
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Line Tax

View taxes applied to your invoice line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Invoice Line: The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice.
Tax: The Tax indicates the type of tax for this document line.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction line.
Taxable Amount: The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.

Payment

Create an obligation for accounting to pay for all or part of your invoice amount.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Cancel processed: Cancel processed
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Change Debt Payment: Take this Debt/Payment out of the settlement
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Settlement_Generate_ID: Settlement generate
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Is Automatic Generated: It is automatically generated


Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a
Receipt:
monetary transaction.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Price Adjustment

View applied price adjustments for each order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Adjusted Price: The price to be offered after discounts or price increases.
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Invoice Line Offer: Offers applied to the invoice line.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Adjustment Amt.: The amount by which this price is raised or lowered.

Tax

View or edit taxes applied to your invoice.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Recalculate: Recalculate tax
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Taxable Amount: The total sum on which taxes are added.

Vendor Expense Invoice


Image:VendorExpenseInv240.jpg
View larger

Edit expenses by breaking and then allocating them across multiple organizations, projects, etc.

Expense Invoice

Split up an exisiting invoice among your organizations or departments.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Invoice
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate Receipt from Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. The invoice should be correct and
Invoice: completed.
Grand Total Amount: The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Process Invoice:
Process Invoice:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not
Summed Line Amount:
including taxes).
Transaction Document
The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Vendor Expense Invoice (Alpha)


Edit expenses by breaking and then allocating them across multiple organizations, projects, etc.

Included Lines

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice discount:
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Line Net Amount : The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Project Line: Task or step in a project
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Line
Line:
Resource
Resource Assignment
Assignment:
Shipment/Receipt
A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Line:
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Invoice

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Company Agent: Purchase or Company Agent
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Invoice
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate Receipt from Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. The invoice should be correct and
Invoice: completed.
Grand Total Amount: The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Process Invoice:
Process Invoice:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not
Summed Line Amount:
including taxes).
Transaction Document

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Matched Purchase Orders

View larger

Edit and process invoices by assigning them to a corresponding shipment/receipt, invoice, or both.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Match PO: Match Purchase Order to Shipment/Receipt
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Order Line: Purchase Order Line
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Shipment/Receipt Line: A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.

Matched Invoices

View larger

Edit and process purchase orders by assigning them to a corresponding shipment/receipt, invoice, or both.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Match Invoice: Match Shipment/Receipt to Invoice
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Shipment/Receipt Line: A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.

Create Invoices

View larger

Create invoices for all processed sales orders/goods shipments that have not been invoiced.

Pending Goods Receipt

View larger

View all pending orders which do not have a corresponding goods receipt. This means orders have not been received.
You can create the correspondent goods receipts by selecting the desired order lines and setting the reception date,
quantity and warehouse. It is possible to filter the purchase orders by its Document Number.

Analysis Tools

Purchase Order Dimensional Report

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Procurement Management - Openbravo wiki

Create purchase order reports for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare
information according to your analysis needs.

Goods Receipts Dimensional Report


Create goods receipts reports for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare
information according to your analysis needs.

Purchase Invoice Dimensional Report


Create purchase invoice reports for a specified time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare
information according to your analysis needs.

Purchase Order Report


Create a report showing purchase orders registered in the application.

Vendor Invoice Report


Create a report showing all issued vendor invoices.

Purchase Order Report with JR


Create purchase order reports using JasperReports.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Procurement_Management"

This page has been accessed 4,985 times. This page was last modified 14:29, 25 June 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...nts%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Procurement%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:44 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Physical Inventory
1.1.1 Header
1.1.2 Lines
1.2 Goods Movements
1.2.1 Header
1.2.2 Lines
1.3 Bill of Materials Production
1.3.1 BOM Production
1.3.2 Production Plan
1.3.3 I/O Products
1.4 Incoming Shipment
1.4.1 Header
1.4.2 Lines
1.5 Create Average Costs
1.6 Goods Transaction
1.7 Incoterm
2 Setup
2.1 Warehouse and Storage Bins
2.1.1 Bin Contents
2.1.2 Product Transactions
2.1.3 Shipment Routing
2.1.4 Storage Bin
2.1.5 Warehouse
2.2 Storage Bin Type
2.3 Shipping Company
2.3.1 Freight
2.3.2 Shipping Company
2.4 Freight Category
2.5 Print Labels
3 Analysis Tools
3.1 Price Adjustments Report
3.2 Shipping Company Report
3.3 Traceability Report
3.4 Warehouse Movements Report
3.5 Warehouse Control Report
3.6 Customer Stock Report
3.7 Stock Valuation Report
3.8 Product Movements Report
3.9 Stock Report
3.10 Warehouse Detailed Inventory
3.11 Production Report
3.12 Report Pareto Product

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Transactions

Physical Inventory

View larger

Create and edit inventory counts and update your stock quantities.

What is a Physical Inventory?

Physical Inventory is defined as the process of manually counting stock at a specific date and time. Companies may
conduct physical inventory to get a count, test the condition of materials, and confirm data as given by statistics on
hand.

Keep in Mind:

The user defines and maintain various inventory counts. In each count, the user has to indicate the specific
warehouse involved as well as the date.
Once the inventory lists are generated, it is possible to add or delete products.
Once the inventory count is processed, it is not possible to modify content.
Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create an inventory count to update your stock quantities.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Inventory Count
Create Inventory Count List
List :
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Movement Date: Date a product was moved in or out of inventory
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Perpetual Inventory: Rules for generating physical inventory


Phys.Inventory: Parameters for a Physical Inventory
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Inventory Count : Process Inventory count and update Inventory
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update Quantity: The Book Quantity is updated with current book quantity
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
1st Dimensinon:
combination.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
2nd Dimension:
combination.

Lines

Add or edit individual products to be included in the inventory count.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Physical Inventory
A statement displaying one item in the physical inventory list.
Line:
Phys.Inventory: Parameters for a Physical Inventory
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity book: Book Quantity
Quantity count: Counted Quantity
Quantity order book: Quantity order book
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Goods Movements

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit internal inventory movements among warehouses and storage bins.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create and edit inventory internal movements.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Move a Storage Bin:
Movement: Movement of Inventory
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Movements: Process Inventory Movements
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
1st Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Add products and quantities for a specific goods movement. Each line represents one particular product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Value:
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Locator To: Location inventory is moved to
Movement: Movement of Inventory
Movement Line: An often automatically generated identifier for a movement line.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Bill of Materials Production

View larger

Create and run production processes using the previously defined bills of materials.

BOM Production

Create production processes to run using the previously defined bills of materials.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create/Post Production: Create production lines, if not created - otherwise process the production

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Records created:
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
1st Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Production Plan

Add bills of materials to be produced in a specified production plan.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Production Quantity: Quantity of products to produce
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.

I/O Products

Create and edit the products that are going to be used in the production

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Value:
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print Labels:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production Line: A statement displaying one item or action in the application.
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Incoming Shipment

View larger

Create and manage goods shipments from our vendors

Header

Enter Receipts and Vendor Returns where islogistic='Y'

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer,
Business Partner :
employee, etc.
Calculate Freight Amount:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Company Agent: Purchase or Company Agent
Create From Multiple:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.


Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Delivery Location: The specific place or address an order will be shipped to or carried out from.
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery Rule: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and
Generate Invoice from Receipt:
completed.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Logistic:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Movement Type: The type of a certain item being moved from one location to another.
Number of Packages: The number of packages being shipped.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
Pick Date: Date/Time when picked for Shipment
An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general
Posted:
ledger.
A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the
Print:
past.
Priority: A defined level of importance or precedence.
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Purchase Order: Purchase Order
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is
Sales Transaction:
occurring.
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Ship Date: Shipment Date/Time
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Tracking No: Number to track the shipment


Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update Attributes from
Update attributes from shipment
Shipment:
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
1st Dimensinon:
combination.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
2nd Dimension:
combination.

Lines

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Line
Line:
Re-invoice: An indication that a transaction may be invoiced to a business partner.
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipment/Receipt
A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Line:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Create Average Costs

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Using the previous raw material receipts, calculates its medium cost.

The product price of each receipt is calculated based on the on the product price in the purchase invoice. If the invoice
does not exist the price of the purchase order is used, if the order neither exists the price list of the provider is used. If
none of these criterias exist, a warning is generated and the previous cost is used.

Goods Transaction

View larger

View all goods transactions carried out in the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Inventory
Transaction:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Movement Line: An often automatically generated identifier for a movement line.
Movement Quantity: The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Movement Type: The type of a certain item being moved from one location to another.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Physical Inventory
A statement displaying one item in the physical inventory list.
Line:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production Line: A statement displaying one item or action in the application.
Project Issue: Project Issues (Material, Labor)
Shipment/Receipt

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.


Line:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Incoterm

View larger

Create international commercial terms (Incoterms) to be used in sales transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Required:
For Delivery:
Incoterms:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Setup

Warehouse and Storage Bins

View larger

Create warehouses and organize them using storage bins.

Bin Contents

View the stored products of a selected storage bin.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Product Transactions

View all products transactions related to the selected warehouse.

Shipment Routing

Create shipment routes for the selected warehouse.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Storage Bin

Create storage bins for a selected warehouse.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Aisle (X): X dimension, e.g., Aisle
Bin (Y): Y dimension, e.g., Bin
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Invoicing type:
Level (Z): Z dimension, e.g., Level
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Relative Priority: Where inventory should be picked from first
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Size multiplier:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.

Warehouse

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Create warehouses for your organizations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Element Separator: Element Separator
From DocumentNo: From DocumentNo
Is Shipper: Is Shipper
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Locator units per pallet:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Shipper code: Shipper code
To DocumentNo: To DocumentNo
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Warehouse_Size:

Storage Bin Type

View larger

Define storage bin types to better organize your warehouse and inventory.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Size multiplier:

Shipping Company

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create shipping companies and define freight costs to be used in products logistics.

Freight

Define freights to be used for a specified shipper.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Country: A state or a nation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Destination Country: The country receiving a shipment
Destination State/Province: The state/province inside of a country receiving the shipment.
Freight: Freight Rate
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Freight Unit: Freight Unit
Line round: Line round
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price: The cost or value of a good or service.
Qty from: Qty from
Region: An area of a specific country.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
To Quantity: A parameter stating the highest possible quantity of a specified request.
Total Round: Total Round
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.

Shipping Company

Create shippers to be used in other application transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
Tracking URL: URL of the shipper to track shipments

Freight Category

View larger

Define freight categories to be used by shippers.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Freight Unit: Freight Unit
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Line round: Line round
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Total Round: Total Round

Print Labels
Print labels according to your needs.

Analysis Tools

Price Adjustments Report


Create a report showing price adjustments that are valid for a specified time period.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

Shipping Company Report


View the relationship between shipments and shipping companies making those shipments.

Traceability Report
Create a report showing the lifecycle of a selected product.

Warehouse Movements Report


Create a report showing warehouse movements of goods for a specified time period.

Warehouse Control Report


Create a report showing the products movements from different application transactions.

Customer Stock Report


Create a report showing the actual stock of selected products, grouped by product category.

Stock Valuation Report


Create a report showing the value of stocked products.

Product Movements Report


Create a report showing product movement details for a specified time period.

Stock Report
Create a stock report for a concrete date.

Warehouse Detailed Inventory


Create a report showing the in-out movements related to a product and business partner.

Production Report
Create a report showing what has been produced.

Report Pareto Product


This report has two different purposes:

First of them is to developing a report that classifies the products into three classes (A, B or C) depending on a

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Warehouse Management - Openbravo wiki

concrete conditions selected by the user (Average Cost in this case) following the rationale for a Pareto report.

The second one is to update one property in the product following the same criteria so it could be used as filtering
condition in the Create Inventory Count List process.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Warehouse_Management"

This page has been accessed 5,175 times. This page was last modified 12:40, 4 March 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Warehouse%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:08:56 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Process Plan
1.1.1 Employee
1.1.2 Indirect Cost
1.1.3 I/O Products
1.1.4 Machine
1.1.5 Operation
1.1.6 Process Plan
1.1.7 Version
1.2 Work Requirement
1.2.1 Header
1.2.2 Operation
1.2.3 Product
1.3 Work Effort
1.3.1 Employee
1.3.2 Global Use
1.3.3 Incidence
1.3.4 Indirect Cost
1.3.5 Machine
1.3.6 Outsourced
1.3.7 Product
1.3.8 Production Run
1.3.9 Salary Category
1.3.10 Toolset
1.3.11 Work Effort
1.4 Quality Control Report
1.4.1 Check Point Set
1.4.2 Date and Shift
1.4.3 Time
1.4.4 Values
1.5 Periodic Quality Control Data Collection
1.5.1 Result
1.5.2 Test
1.6 Internal Consumption
1.6.1 Header
1.6.2 Lines
1.7 Maintenance Order
1.7.1 Header
1.7.2 Task
1.7.3 Worker
1.8 Schedule Maintenance
1.9 Maintenance Plan
1.9.1 Maintenance

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

1.10 Calculate Planned Raw Material Costs


1.11 Calculate Production Costs
2 Analysis Tools
2.1 Pending Production
2.2 Daily Work Requirement Order Packing
2.3 Daily Work Requirements Report
2.4 Standard Costs Report
2.5 Production Run Status Report
2.6 Pending Work Requirement
2.7 Production Cost
3 Setup
3.1 Section
3.2 Work Center
3.2.1 Machine Station
3.2.2 Process
3.2.3 Toolset Process
3.2.4 Work Center
3.3 Activity
3.3.1 Activity
3.3.2 Toolset Process
3.4 Toolset
3.4.1 Toolset
3.4.2 Toolset Type
3.5 Machine Category
3.5.1 Category
3.5.2 Maintenance
3.5.3 Periodicity
3.6 Machine
3.6.1 Cost
3.6.2 Machine
3.6.3 Maintenance
3.6.4 Periodicity
3.7 Cost Center
3.7.1 Cost Center
3.7.2 Employee
3.7.3 Indirect Cost
3.7.4 Machine
3.7.5 Version
3.8 Periodic Quality Control
3.8.1 Check Point
3.8.2 Test
3.9 Quality Control Point
3.9.1 Check Point
3.9.2 Check Point Set
3.9.3 Shift
3.10 Work Incidence
3.11 Maintenance Task
3.12 Indirect Cost

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

3.12.1 Indirect Cost


3.12.2 Value

Transactions

Process Plan

View larger

Define the steps and processes to be completed for an intermediate or finished good, taking in account available
resources.

What is a Process Plan?

A sequence of events which map and organize the manufacturing of one or many products. The same product can be
produced using a variety of production plans, however normally each product has one process plan.

Employee

Define the employees that can perform a specified process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Estimated Cost: A theoretically calculated cost associated with this specific tab.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Salary Category: A classification of salaries based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

Indirect Cost

Define indirect costs related to a specified process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Estimated Cost: A theoretically calculated cost associated with this specific tab.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Indirect Cost: Any charge of doing business which cannot be directly allocated to production.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

I/O Products

Define input and output products taking part in a specified process.

I/O Products Tab

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Component Cost:
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Decrease:
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production Type: A classification stating whether something has been created or used in the sequence.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Rejected:
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Machine

Define machines that are used for a specific process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Estimated Cost: A theoretically calculated cost associated with this specific tab.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Operation

Add processes to be performed for a specified process plan.

Keep in Mind:

The user can introduce all the input and output products included in the chosen sequence. The products can be
raw materials, work-in-progress, or finished goods. Additionally, it is necessary to introduce the quantity of each
input and output product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Calculated:
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center Use Time: The amount of time a process takes to complete.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Global Use:
Multiplier:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
No Qty:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Outsourced: A decision to have a task or phase completed by an external business partner.
Outsourcing cost:
Preparation time:
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Process Plan Version:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

Process Plan

Create production process models.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Conversion Rate: The amount or quantity at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Process Plan: A guide stating how a certain item must move through the transformation process.
Process Unit: The number of process units obtained by executing a process plan one time.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Process Buttons:

Explode Phases:
Copy Version: Process to copy the structure of the selected version.

Version

Create process plans valid for a specified time period.

What is a Process Plan Version?

Versions are process plans created for a specific period of time. When a work requirement is created, data from a
currently active process plan version is used.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Ending Date: A parameter stating the ending time range related for a specified request, query, etc.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process Plan: A guide stating how a certain item must move through the transformation process.
Process Plan Version:
Starting Date: A parameter stating the starting time range related to a specified request.

Work Requirement

View larger

Create an order to execute the selected process plan.

What is a Work Requirement?

Defined documents that execute a selected fabrication of a product based on the map a previously defined process plan.
Every work requirement that is launched is to done so in order to produce a certain product quantity. However it is
possible that the result could be multiple products.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Header

Create production orders by choosing dates and the previously defined work requirement model.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Closed:
Conversion Rate: The amount or quantity at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.
Explode Phases:
Launch Date:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process Plan: A guide stating how a certain item must move through the transformation process.
Process Unit: The number of process units obtained by executing a process plan one time.
Processed: The document has been processed
Quantity:
Secondary Qty: Secondary Quantity
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.
Work Requirement: An order authorizing the production of a specific product and product quantity.
Work Requiremente Process:
WR Type:

Operation

Add or edit operations and activities to be performed for the related work requirement.

Keep in Mind:

Although, the work requirement operations are generated based on a chosen process plan, it is possible to modify
any parameter of a desired operation and included products. In each operation the user can see the quantity to be
produced, quantity completed. Additionally using the “Close Phase” button it is to close the work requirement
phase. If all the phases are closed the work requirement will also be closed.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
With this process it will be closed the work requirement phase. If all the phases are closed the work
Close Phase:
requirement will also be closed.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Cost Center Use


The amount of time a process takes to complete.
Time:
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Global Use:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
No Qty:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Outsourced: A decision to have a task or phase completed by an external business partner.
Preparation
time:
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Quantity:
Quantity
Completed:
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Work
An order authorizing the production of a specific product and product quantity.
Requirement:
WR Phase:

Product

Add or edit I/O products to be used for the selected operation of the work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Decrease Indicator:
MA_Wrphaseproduct_ID:
Movement Quantity: The number of items being moved from one location to another.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from
Order Quantity:
the standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production Type: A classification stating whether something has been created or used in the sequence.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
WR Phase:

Work Effort

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Edit precisely what has been produced from a selected product order.

What is a Work Effort?

Documents filled in by employees as they complete specific aspects of the work requirements phases. These
documents reflect what has already been done in order to calculate the real cost of production comparing it to the
originally planned cost.

Employee

Add employees that took part in the completion of a related work requirement.

Keep in Mind:

The employees that appear in this tab must be previously defined as business partners, and marked as employees
and workers.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.

Global Use

Add global use of products used for completion of a related work requirement.

Keep in Mind:

A product to be introduced in this tab, must be marked as a global use in the production run tab in the work
requirement window. Once a production run is processed, the global use products will be proportionally divided
through all production runs.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Value:
Client: Client for this installation.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Incidence

Add work incidences that might have occurred during the completion of a related work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Endtime:
Incidence: Incidence
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Starttime:

Indirect Cost

Add and edit indirect costs related to a specified completed part of a work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Indirect Cost: Any charge of doing business which cannot be directly allocated to production.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.

Machine

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Add and edit resources used to complete a specified part of a work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Use:

Outsourced

Add invoices corresponding to the outsourced part of a completed work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.

Product

Add and edit I/O products related to a completed part of a work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Value:
Calculated:
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print Labels:
Product: An item produced by a process.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Production Line: A statement displaying one item or action in the application.


Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Production Type: A classification stating whether something has been created or used in the sequence.
Quantity:
Rejected Qty: Rejected Quantity
Secquality:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Production Run

Add progress details of the specified work requirements.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
CC Use: Cost Center Use
Client: Client for this installation.
Conversion
The amount or quantity at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Rate:
Cost Center
The cost center being used during a specified time period.
Version:
Create Process to insert the products of the Production Run. If the phase is of GroupUse used productos will
Standards: go to "Global Use" tab. Else if is of noqty all the quantities will be zero.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Donequantity:
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Needed
Quantity:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Outsourced: A decision to have a task or phase completed by an external business partner.
Process Unit: The number of process units obtained by executing a process plan one time.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Production
The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Plan:
Real Cost: Real Cost
Rejected Qty: Rejected Quantity
Secondary
Secondary Quantity
Qty:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

WR Phase:

Salary Category

Add or edit salary category workers that took part in a work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost UOM: The unit of measure associated with the cost located adjacent to this field.
MA_Pl_Employee_ID:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Salary Category: A classification of salaries based on similar characteristics or attributes.

Toolset

Add or edit toolsets used to complete a specified part of a work requirement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Production Plan: The proposal for a how production will be carried out.
Toolset: Toolset
Used:
Used toolset:

Work Effort

Create a report for the completed work requirement for a desired date and time.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
End Time:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client


Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Start Time:
Validate Work Effort: Process to validate and actualize stocks of all production runs.

Quality Control Report

View larger

Create and edit measurements and report findings at predefined checkpoints. The goal is to ensure output quality
during production.

Check Point Set

Create and edit checkpoints for the related measurement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Measure Group:
Measure Shift:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quality Control Point Set: A collection of points to be checked at a specified time period.
Secondary product:
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

Date and Shift

Create measurements and insert gathered values or a specifc date and shift.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Comments: A space to write additional related information.


Create CCP: Create the CCP for the date and shift selected
Edit CCP Measured
Values:
A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one
Lot:
number.
Measure Shift:
Measurement Date:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Sellbydate:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Time

Create and edit times for related check points.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Input Time With this process are inserted all the Control Points of the selected group to fill with taken
Measurement: measurements.
Measure Group:
Measure hour:
Measure Time:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.

Values

Create and edit values for a related measurement.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Check:
Client: Client for this installation.
Critical Control Point:
Measure Time:
Measure Values:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client


Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Text: A place to add observations related to a specified check point.
Value: A statement of worth or importance given in many forms.
Value type:

Periodic Quality Control Data Collection

View larger

Create and edit data collection and measurements related to quality control. This is done at predefined checkpoints for
a produced product.

Result

Create and edit quality tests for a specified checkpoint, and add test results of the performed tests.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodic Control Case:
Periodic Control Test:
Periodic Control Value:
Test Date:
Test Result:

Test

Create measurements at a predefined checkpoint for produced product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodic Control:
Periodic Control Case:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Run Periodic Control: With this process are planed all the gatherings of the periodic control selected.
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.

Internal Consumption

View larger

Define products which are only to be used inside the enterprise.

Header

Create products which are to be used inside the organization, and not sold to customers.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Internal Consumption: An indication that an item will not be sold, but rather used internally.
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Internal Consumption:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.

Lines

Add internal consumption lines. Each line corresponds to one product.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Internal
An indication that an item will not be sold, but rather used internally.
Consumption:
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Maintenance Order

View larger

Create and edit the results of a scheduled maintenance order.

Header

Add previously scheduled maintenances for a specific date and report observations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Insert
Process which will insert scheduled maintenances on the part.
Maintenances:
A distinct characteristic of a machine used for processes and sometimes grouped within a
Maintenance Order:
category.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Part Date:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Task

Edit maintenance tasks of a specified order.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Confirmation: An indication that an action is accepted and will be completed as planned.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Internal Consumption: An indication that an item will not be sold, but rather used internally.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.
Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
A distinct characteristic of a machine used for processes and sometimes grouped within a
Maintenance Order:
category.
Maintenance
Scheduled:
Maintenance Task: A description to help explain a specified maintenance task.
Maintenance Type: A set of maintenances which can be performed on a machine.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Result: Result of the action taken
Scheduled Date:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
Used Time:

Worker

Add or edit workers that took part in a specified maintenance part.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
A distinct characteristic of a machine used for processes and sometimes grouped within a
Maintenance Order:
category.
Maintenance
Worker:
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Schedule Maintenance

View larger

Create and edit a schedule for all scheduled maintenances which have been confirmed to be completed.

Maintenance Plan

View larger

Add and edit predefined maintenance plans.

Maintenance

Create and edit maintenance tasks for a specific date.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Confirmation: An indication that an action is accepted and will be completed as planned.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Internal Consumption: An indication that an item will not be sold, but rather used internally.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.
Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
A distinct characteristic of a machine used for processes and sometimes grouped within a
Maintenance Order:
category.
Maintenance
Scheduled:
Maintenance Task: A description to help explain a specified maintenance task.
Maintenance Type: A set of maintenances which can be performed on a machine.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Result: Result of the action taken


Scheduled Date:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
Used Time:

Calculate Planned Raw Material Costs

View larger

Edit the potential costs of raw materials for a selected process plan.

Calculate Production Costs

View larger

Edit real production costs of all outputs to view results in the product window and the production cost report.

Analysis Tools

Pending Production
Create a report showing all products that are pending production and need to be sold.

Daily Work Requirement Order Packing


Create a report showing the raw materials requirements for production.

Daily Work Requirements Report


Create a report showing the raw materials requirements for production.

Standard Costs Report


Create a report showing standard product costs.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Production Run Status Report


Create a report showing the production orders status.

Pending Work Requirement


Create a report showing all the phases that are pending production for a selected work requirement.

Production Cost
Create a report showing production costs for a selected product.

Setup

Section

View larger

Create a production plant section to assign work centers to it.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Section: Section

Work Center

View larger

Create and add machines to be used in a work center.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Machine Station

Add machines to be used in a selected work center.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Machine Station: Machine Station
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Work Center: A defined production area made up of resources such as machines and human labor.

Process

View the process related to a selected work center.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Work Center: A defined production area made up of resources such as machines and human labor.

Toolset Process

View the toolsets of a selected process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Toolset Process: Toolset Process
Toolset Type: A distinct toolset item characteristic used for processes.
Use Coefficient:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Work Center

Create work centers.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Section: Section
Work Center: A defined production area made up of resources such as machines and human labor.

Activity

View larger

Create activities to be used in the production process.

Activity

Create activities to be used in the production process and their characteristics.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center:
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Work Center: A defined production area made up of resources such as machines and human labor.

Toolset Process

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Add toolsets to be used for completion of a specified process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process: A series of actions carried out in sequential order.
Toolset Type: A distinct toolset item characteristic used for processes.
Use Coefficient:

Toolset

View larger

Define tools and groups of tools to be used in the production process.

Toolset

Define tools to be used in the production process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Discarded:
Number uses:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
Toolset: Toolset
Toolset Type: A distinct toolset item characteristic used for processes.

Toolset Type

Create toolset types to group toolsets with similar characteristics.

Fields:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Toolset Type: A distinct toolset item characteristic used for processes.
Usecycle:

Machine Category

View larger

Create machine categories based on your desired characteristics.

Category

Define machine category to group machines with similar characteristics.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Maintenance

Define maintenance types needed for a specified machine category.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Explode in machines:
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.


Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
Maintenance Task: A description to help explain a specified maintenance task.
Maintenance Type: A set of maintenances which can be performed on a machine.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planned Time:

Periodicity

Add interval timings to schedule and complete a specified maintenance.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Exclude weekend:
Initial date:
Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
Maintenance Periodicity:
Month day:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodicity Type:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
Weekday: Any day of the week excluding Saturday and Sunday.

Machine

View larger

Create machines to be used in production.

Cost

Set the full cost of a related machine.

Fields:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amortization: The depreciation or reduction of a product value over time.
Client: Client for this installation.
Consume:
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Cost UOM: The unit of measure associated with the cost located adjacent to this field.
Cost UOM year:
Day hours:
Days year:
Improductive hours year:
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Purchase Amount:
Toolset amount:
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Year value:

Machine

Add machines to be used in production processes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center:
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Purchase year:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Use cycle:

Maintenance

Define maintenance types needed for a specific machine.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Explode in machines:
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Machine Type: A distinct machine characteristic used for processes.
Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
Maintenance Task: A description to help explain a specified maintenance task.
Maintenance Type: A set of maintenances which can be performed on a machine.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planned Time:

Periodicity

Add timing intervals to schedule and complete a specified maintenance.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Exclude weekend:
Initial date:
Maintenance: The act of ensuring the proper working order for a specified item.
Maintenance Periodicity:
Month day:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodicity Type:
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
Weekday: Any day of the week excluding Saturday and Sunday.

Cost Center

View larger

Create and edit cost centers related to production to sum up charges associated with a specific transaction.

Cost Center

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Create cost centers to be used in production processes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
By default:
Calculated:
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Cost Center:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Employee

Add employees to a specific cost center version.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center Employee:
Cost Center Version: The cost center being used during a specified time period.
Cost UOM: The unit of measure associated with the cost located adjacent to this field.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Salary Category: A classification of salaries based on similar characteristics or attributes.

Indirect Cost

Add indirect costs to specific cost center version.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center Version: The cost center being used during a specified time period.
Indirect Cost: Any charge of doing business which cannot be directly allocated to production.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Machine

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Add resources to a specific cost center version.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Center Machine:
Cost Center Version: The cost center being used during a specified time period.
Machine: A tool use to aid in or fully complete a task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Use:

Version

Create cost center versions to be used with specified time periods.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Cost Center:
Cost Center Version: The cost center being used during a specified time period.
Cost UOM: The unit of measure associated with the cost located adjacent to this field.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.

Periodic Quality Control

View larger

Define checkpoints to be used for quality control of a produced product.

Check Point

Add quality tests to be taken for a specified checkpoint.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Days:
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodic Control:
Periodic Control Test:

Test

Create checkpoints to be used for quality control of produced products.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Periodic Control:

Quality Control Point

View larger

Define quality control check points to be used for testing the product quality at any point in the production process.

Check Point

Create check points for a related set.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Critical:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Critical Control Point:


Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Number of measures:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Quality Control Point Set: A collection of points to be checked at a specified time period.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Value type:

Check Point Set

Create check point sets and define tests frequencies.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Frequency: The number of times something occurs during a time period.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Quality Control Point Set: A collection of points to be checked at a specified time period.
Secondary product:
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.

Shift

Define shifts when the tests for a related group will be performed.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
CCP Shift:
Client: Client for this installation.
End Time:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Quality Control Point Set: A collection of points to be checked at a specified time period.
Shift: A partition of the workday into intervals.
Start Time:

Work Incidence

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Define types of work incidences that may occur during production.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Incidence: Incidence
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Start time:

Maintenance Task

View larger

Define a scheduled maintenance task to be completed during the production process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Maintenance Task: A description to help explain a specified maintenance task.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Indirect Cost

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit indirect costs to be used in production.

Indirect Cost

Create a new indirect cost.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost Type: A distinct cost characteristic used for processes.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Indirect Cost: Any charge of doing business which cannot be directly allocated to production.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Value

Create and edit values for this indirect cost.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Calculate Indirect Cost: Calculates the unitary indirect cost for the given period time.
Calculated:
Client: Client for this installation.
Cost: A charge related to conducting business.
Cost UOM: The unit of measure associated with the cost located adjacent to this field.
Ending Date: A parameter stating the ending time range related for a specified request, query, etc.
Indirect Cost: Any charge of doing business which cannot be directly allocated to production.
MA_Indirect_Cost_Value_ID:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Starting Date: A parameter stating the starting time range related to a specified request.
Total:

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Production Management - Openbravo wiki

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Production_Management"

This page has been accessed 4,012 times. This page was last modified 11:20, 29 May 2009. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...ents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Production%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:12 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP)

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Manufacturing Plan
1.1.1 Header
1.1.2 Lines
1.2 Purchasing Plan
1.2.1 Header
1.2.2 Line
1.3 Sales Forecast
1.3.1 Header
1.3.2 Lines
2 Setup
2.1 Planner
2.2 Planning Method
2.2.1 Header
2.2.2 Lines

Transactions

Manufacturing Plan

View larger

Create a comprehensive work requirement in order to request materials over a specified time period.

Header

Create and edit a manufacturing plan.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner:
Business
Partner A classification of business partners based on defined similarities.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

Category:
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document
The time listed on the document.
Date:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planner: The person in charge of making an MRP plan.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Product
A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Category:
Safety margin in days for the production of ordered goods and availability of raw materials. For
example, if there is a sales order for product A to be delivered on date X, MRP will plan to have the
Safety Lead
product A produced by date X minus the Lead Time number of days. In a similar way, MRP will make
Time:
sure that the raw materials required for making product X will be available Lead Time number of days
before the production must commence.
Time horizon: The number of days of the production process.

Process Buttons:

Create Materials Requirement:


Create Work Requirement:
Process Manufacturing Plan:

Lines

Add products to be included in your plan. Each product is shown on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
A means of locking the header tab so it will not be affected if a specified process is run
Fixed:
again.
Manufacturing
Planification:
Needed qty.:
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Planned Date: The date when a transaction will occur.
Planned Date Order: The date when an order will be carried out.
Process Plan: A guide stating how a certain item must move through the transformation process.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Quantity: The number of a certain item.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

A means of grouping reports in order to view and print summary and individual
Report Set:
information.
Requisition Line:
Sales Forecast Line:
Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.
Total Movement Quantity: The final quantity to be moved based on the related business process.
Transaction Type: A distinct set of characteristics or processes.
Work Requirement: An order authorizing the production of a specific product and product quantity.

Process Buttons:

Recalculate Dates/Quantities:

Purchasing Plan

View larger

Create a comprehensive and organized plan to request purchases over a specified time period.

Header

Create and edit a purchase plan.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner:
Business
Partner A classification of business partners based on defined similarities.
Category:
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document
The time listed on the document.
Date:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planner: The person in charge of making an MRP plan.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

Product: An item produced by a process.


Product
A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Category:
Purchase
Planification:
Safety margin in days for the production of ordered goods and availability of raw materials. For
example, if there is a sales order for product A to be delivered on date X, MRP will plan to have the
Safety Lead
product A produced by date X minus the Lead Time number of days. In a similar way, MRP will make
Time:
sure that the raw materials required for making product X will be available Lead Time number of days
before the production must commence.
Time
Horizon:
Vendor: A business partner who sells products or services.

Process Buttons:

Create Purchase Orders:


Recalculate stock:
Process Purchase Plan:

Line

Add products to be included in your plan. Each product is shown on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner:
etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Completed:
A means of locking the header tab so it will not be affected if a specified process is run
Fixed:
again.
Needed qty.:
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Planned Date: The date when a transaction will occur.
Planned Date Order:
Product: An item produced by a process.
Purchase Planification:
Purchase Planification
Line:
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Requisition line:
Sales Forecast Line:

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

A unique and often automatically generated identifier


Sales Order Line:
for a sales order line.

Total Movement Quantity: The final quantity to be moved based on the related business process.
Transaction Type: A distinct set of characteristics or processes.
Work Requirement: An order authorizing the production of a specific product and product quantity.

Sales Forecast

View larger

Create and edit sales forecasts over a specified time period in order to help plan necessary purchases.

Header

Create a sales forecast.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner: Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Date: The time listed on the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Forecast:

Lines

Add products to be included in your sales forecast. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Planned Date: The expected or provisional date when a transaction will occur.
Product: An item produced by a process.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

Quantity: The number of a certain item.


Sales Forecast:
Sales Forecast Line:

Setup

Planner

View larger

Define the entity in charge of managing the purchase or production of specific products.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Planner: The person in charge of making an MRP plan.
Production: An indication that an item is being used in production.

Planning Method

View larger

Define how transaction types will be dealt with in the application.

Header

Create a planning method.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planning Method:

Lines

Add transactions to be included in your plan. Each transaction is shown on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Days from:
Days to:
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planning Method:
Planning Method Line:
Transaction Type: A distinct set of characteristics or processes.
Weighting:

Retrieved from
"http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Materials_Requirement_Planning_%28MRP%29"

This page has been accessed 3,258 times. This page was last modified 11:19, 29 May 2009. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...ings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Materials%20Requirement%20Planning%20(MRP).htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:31 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Sales Order
1.1.1 Header
1.1.2 Lines
1.1.3 Line Tax
1.1.4 Payment
1.1.5 Price Adjustments
1.1.6 Tax
1.2 Simple Sales Order
1.2.1 Header
1.2.2 Lines
1.2.3 Tax
1.3 Update Price List from Orders
1.4 Goods Shipment
1.4.1 Header
1.4.2 Lines
1.5 Create Shipments from Orders
1.6 Mass Shipment Creation
1.7 Sales Invoice
1.7.1 Header
1.7.2 Lines
1.7.3 Line Tax
1.7.4 Payment
1.7.5 Price Adjustments
1.7.6 Tax
1.8 Create Invoices from Orders
1.9 Mass Invoice Creation
1.10 Print Invoices
1.11 Commission Payment
1.11.1 Commission Amount
1.11.2 Commission Details
1.11.3 Commission Payment
1.12 Move Sales Orders among Organizations
2 Analysis Tools
2.1 Sales Dimensional Report
2.2 Shipments Dimensional Report
2.3 Sales Invoice Dimensional Report
2.4 Applied Invoice Discounts
2.5 Order Returns Dimensional Report
2.6 Sales Order Report
2.7 Invoiced Sales Orders Report
2.8 Non-Invoiced Orders Report
2.9 Delivered Sales Order Report

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

2.10 Shipments Report


2.11 Customer Invoice Report
2.12 Invoice Details
3 Setup
3.1 Sales Region
3.2 Commission
3.2.1 Header
3.2.2 Lines
3.3 Sales Channel
3.4 Sales Campaign
3.5 External Point of Sales
3.5.1 External Point of Sales
3.5.2 Product Categories
3.5.3 Products

Transactions

Sales Order
Create orders tracking product sales to customers.

View larger

What is a Sales Order?

A document use to approve, track, and process customer requests. Sales orders are usually taken by sales
representatives; however each company may run a different formula.

What are the types of sales orders?

Standard Order:An order which automatically reserves materials to be sent out. In this case, the shipment and
invoice can be generated separately.
POS Order:Materials are picked up with an invoice and can be paid in a variety of manners. In this case, the
shipment and invoice are generated automatically; and depending on the payment terms, a payment.
Quotation: An offer or potential sales order which automatically reserves materials. A quotation can be
converted into an order, or remain a quotation that never becomes an order. The second case occurs if the order
was never accepted by the customer.
Proposal:An offer or potential sales order which can be adapted manually to other sales documents. It can also
be deleted later on.
Prepay Order: The invoice is paid before line items are sent out for shipment. The payment can be attached to
other shipments or sent in directly. After the payment is made, the invoice and shipment documents are
automatically generated.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

On Credit Order: Materials are picked up using an invoice. In this case, the shipment and invoice are generated
automatically. Payment is entered manually after goods have been paid for.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create a sales order and process it when ready.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy from Order: Copy From Order
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Order
Copy Product Template: Copy products from the business partner's template of that sales order.
Credit Approved: Credit has been approved
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Delivered:
Delivery Location: The specific place or address an order will be shipped to or carried out from.
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery notes:
Delivery Rule: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Drop Ship Contact: Business Partner Contact for Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Location: Business Partner Shipment Location for Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Partner: Business Partner for Drop Shipment
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.


Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Grand Total Amount: The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Incoterms:
INCOTERMS description:
Invoice Rule: Frequency and method of invoicing
Invoice to Address: The location where the invoice payment request will be sent.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Priority: A defined level of importance or precedence.
Process Order:
Process Order:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Re-invoice: An indication that a transaction may be invoiced to a business partner.
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Scheduled Delivery Date: The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.
Selected:
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not including
Summed Line Amount:
taxes).
Transaction Document
The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Add products to be included in your sales order. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Cancel Price
Used to activate or deactive the price adjustment for each line.
Adjustment:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date Delivered: Date when the product was delivered
Delivered Quantity: Delivered Quantity
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Direct shipment: Ship direct from Vendor to Customer
Discount: Discount in percent
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Last price so:
Line Net Amount : The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from
Order Quantity:
the standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Ordered Quantity: Indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Product: An item produced by a process.


The number of an item involved in a transaction, given in standard units. It is used to
Quantity:
determine price per unit.
Reserved Quantity: Reserved Quantity
Resource Assignment: Resource Assignment
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.
Scheduled Delivery
The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.
Date:
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
SO/PO Reference: Reference to corresponding Sales/Purchase Order
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or
Tax:
transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Line Tax

View taxes applied to your order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Order Line: A unique identifier and a reference to a sales order line (product).
Tax: The Tax indicates the type of tax for this document line.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction line.
Taxable Amount: The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.

Payment

Create an obligation for accounting to expect to receive all or part of your sales order amount in advance.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Amount: A monetary total.


Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Cancel processed: Cancel processed
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Change Debt Payment: Take this Debt/Payment out of the settlement
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Settlement_Generate_ID: Settlement generate
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Is Automatic Generated: It is automatically generated
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a
Receipt:
monetary transaction.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Price Adjustments

View applied price adjustments for each order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Adjusted Price: The price to be offered after discounts or price increases.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Adjustment Amt.: The amount by which this price is raised or lowered.
Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.

Tax

Edit taxes applied to your order.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Taxable Amount: The total sum on which taxes are added.

Simple Sales Order

View larger

Create sales orders quickly using predefined product templates.

Keep in Mind:

Copy Template: If a business partner has a predefined template, the user is able to generate order lines from the
defined products in the template. Lines are still be able to be modified later on.

Header

Create and process a simple sales order based on a business partner's product template.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Order
Copy Product Template: Copy products from the business partner's template of that sales order.
Credit Approved: Credit has been approved
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Delivered:
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery Rule: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Drop Ship Contact: Business Partner Contact for Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Location: Business Partner Shipment Location for Drop Shipment
Drop Ship Partner: Business Partner for Drop Shipment
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Grand Total Amount: The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Invoice Rule: Frequency and method of invoicing
Invoice to Address: The location where the invoice payment request will be sent.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Priority: A defined level of importance or precedence.
Process Order:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Process Order:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Re-invoice: An indication that a transaction may be invoiced to a business partner.
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Scheduled Delivery Date: The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.
Selected:
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not including
Summed Line Amount:
taxes).
Transaction Document
The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Add products to be included in your simple sales order. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date Delivered: Date when the product was delivered
Delivered Quantity: Delivered Quantity
Description: A space to write additional related information.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction


Direct shipment: Ship direct from Vendor to Customer
Discount: Discount in percent
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.
Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Last price so:
Line Net Amount : The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
List Price: The official price of a product in a specified currency.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from
Order Quantity:
the standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Product: An item produced by a process.
The number of an item involved in a transaction, given in standard units. It is used to
Quantity:
determine price per unit.
Reserved Quantity: Reserved Quantity
Resource Assignment: Resource Assignment
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.
Scheduled Delivery
The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.
Date:
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
SO/PO Reference: Reference to corresponding Sales/Purchase Order
Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or
Tax:
transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Tax

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

View or edit taxes applied to your order.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Taxable Amount: The total sum on which taxes are added.

Update Price List from Orders

View larger

Edit price lists based on your price changes made in sales orders.

Goods Shipment

View larger

Create and edit goods shipments to your customers.

What is a Goods Shipment?

The process of sending products from the warehouse to the desired external location.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Header

Create and process a shipment.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer,
Business Partner :
employee, etc.
Calculate Freight Amount:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create From Multiple:
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Delivery Location: The specific place or address an order will be shipped to or carried out from.
Delivery Method: The desired means of getting requested goods to a business partner.
Delivery Rule: A definition stating when a specific delivery will occur.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Freight Amount: The charge amount for a specified shipment.
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Freight Cost Rule: The calculation method used when charging freight.
Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and
Generate Invoice from Receipt:
completed.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Logistic:
Movement Date: The date that a certain item is moved from one location to another.
Movement Type: The type of a certain item being moved from one location to another.
Number of Packages: The number of packages being shipped.
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Pick Date: Date/Time when picked for Shipment
An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general
Posted:
ledger.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the
Print:
past.
Priority: A defined level of importance or precedence.
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Process Shipment : Process Shipment (Update Inventory)
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is
Sales Transaction:
occurring.
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Ship Date: Shipment Date/Time
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
Tracking No: Number to track the shipment
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update Attributes from
Update attributes from shipment
Shipment:
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service Point: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
1st Dimensinon:
combination.
A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account
2nd Dimension:
combination.

Lines

Add or see products which are included in your shipment. Each product is shown on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description Only: if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Movement
The number of items being moved from one location to another.
Quantity:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units which differ from the
Order Quantity:
standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Re-invoice: An indication that a transaction may be invoiced to a business partner.
Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Shipment/Receipt: The document number for identifying an act of sending or receiving goods.
Shipment/Receipt
A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a shipment/receipt.
Line:
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Create Shipments from Orders

View larger

Create shipments for all processed sales orders that fit the criteria and the parameters specified.

Mass Shipment Creation

View larger

Create shipments for all processed sales orders that fit the criteria for a shipment.

Sales Invoice

View larger

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Create and edit sales invoices for your customers.

What is a Sales Invoice?

An itemized statements or written accounts of goods sold. They indicate the quantity and price of each piece of
merchandise shipped. It is the process of checking the expected invoice versus the one received by the supplier. Some
companies have a process where the provider automatically invoices the customer.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read
only in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create and edit customer invoices.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy Lines: Copy Lines from other Invoice
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date printed: Date the document was printed.
Days till due: Number of days left for the next due date.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Due amount: Total amount due.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate Receipt Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. The invoice should be correct and
from Invoice: completed.
Grand Total
The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Amount:
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Invoice Date: The time listed on the invoice.


Last Calculated on
Last Calculated On Date for payment monitor.
Date:
Order Date: The time listed on the order.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Outstanding
Amount pending to be paid.
amount:
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Complete: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary transaction.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Price includes Tax: Tax is included in the price
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Discount: An option to have any discount printed on the invoice.
Process Invoice:
Process Invoice:
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Sales
The person in charge of carry out an order.
Representative:
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Self-Service: This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
Send EMail: Enable sending Document EMail
Summed Line
The final sum of all line totals made to a specified document or transaction (not including taxes).
Amount:
Total paid: Total amount paid.
Transaction
The specific document type which should be used for a specified transaction.
Document Type:
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
Update payment Updates payment monitor information. Total paid, Outstanding Amount, Days till due, Due
monitor: amount, Payment Complete and Last Calculated On Date fields.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Add products to be included in your invoice. Each product is added by creating a line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Attribute Set
An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Value:
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description
if true, the line is just description and no transaction
Only:
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Invoice discount:
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Invoice The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business
Quantity: partner.
Line Net
The final amount of a specified line, based only on quantities and prices.
Amount :
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
A check for the end-user to enter a "Financial" invoice instead of a
Financial
"Product" related invoice, which implies that "Product" field is removed
Invoice Line
and a new one named "Account" is shown.
A G/L item setup as "Enable in Financial Invoices" which allows end- The official price
List
Account user to enter "non-product" related invoices but "financial" invoices of a product in a
Price:
related to accounts/GL items specified currency.
The number of a certain item involved in the transaction, shown in units
Order Quantity:
which differ from the standard UOM.
Order UOM: The unit of measure being used for the request.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price
The ability to raise or lower prices.
Adjustment:
Price Limit: The lowest price a specified item may be sold for.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Project Line: Task or step in a project
Resource
Resource Assignment
Assignment:
Sales Order A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order
Line: line.
Shipment/Receipt A statement displaying one item, charge, or movement in a
Line: shipment/receipt.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Standard Price: The regular or normal price of a product in the respective price list.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified
Tax:
product or transaction.
The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified
Tax Amount:
transaction.
Unit Price: The price that will be paid for a specified item.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Line Tax

View taxes applied to your invoice line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Invoice Line: The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice.
Tax: The Tax indicates the type of tax for this document line.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction line.
Taxable Amount: The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.

Payment

Create an obligation for accounting to expect to receive all or part of your Invoice amount in advance.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Cancel processed: Cancel processed
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Change Debt Payment: Take this Debt/Payment out of the settlement
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Settlement_Generate_ID: Settlement generate

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Is Automatic Generated: It is automatically generated
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary
Payment Complete:
transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a
Receipt:
monetary transaction.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Price Adjustments

View applied price adjustments for each order line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Adjusted Price: The price to be offered after discounts or price increases.
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Invoice Line Offer: Offers applied to the invoice line.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price Adjustment: The ability to raise or lower prices.
Price Adjustment Amt.: The amount by which this price is raised or lowered.

Tax

Edit taxes applied to your invoice.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

C_InvoiceTax_ID:
Client: Client for this installation.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Recalculate: Recalculate tax
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Amount: The total sum of money requested by the government of the specified transaction.
Taxable Amount: The total sum on which taxes are added.

Create Invoices from Orders

View larger

Create invoices for all processed sales orders/goods shipments that have not been invoiced.

Mass Invoice Creation

View larger

Create invoices for all processed sales orders/goods shipments that have not still been invoiced.criteria.

Print Invoices
Image:PrintInvoices240.jpg
View larger

Create a PDF file and print the invoices based on defined parameters.

Commission Payment

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create commissions and create corresponding invoices.

Commission Amount

Edit individual sales order lines that yielded a selected commission.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Actual Quantity: The actual quantity
Client: Client for this installation.
Commission Amount: Generated Commission Amount
Commission Amount: Commission Amount
Commission Line: Commission Line
Commission Run: Commission Run or Process
Converted Amount: The monetary sum at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Commission Details

Create and edit the calculation and invoicing of sales commission.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Actual Amount: The actual amount
Actual Quantity: The actual quantity
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Commission Amount: Generated Commission Amount
Commission Detail: Supporting information for Commission Amounts
Converted Amount: The monetary sum at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Invoice Line: A statement displaying one item or charge in an invoice.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Reference: The data type of this field.


Sales Order Line: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order line.

Commission Payment

Create and edit a new commission payment.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Commission: Commission Identifier
Commission Run: Commission Run or Process
Create Invoice: Create Invoice from Commission Calculation
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Grand Total Amount: The final monetary amount (including taxes) charge listed in a document.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.

Move Sales Orders among Organizations

View larger

Create sales orders movements among your predefined organizations.

Analysis Tools

Sales Dimensional Report


Create sales reports for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare information
according to your analysis needs.

Shipments Dimensional Report


Create shipment reports for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare information

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

according to your analysis needs.

Sales Invoice Dimensional Report


Create sales invoice reports for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and compare
information according to your analysis needs.

Applied Invoice Discounts


Create a report showing discounts applied to selected business partners during a specified time period.

Order Returns Dimensional Report


Create reports related to order returns for a defined time period. Add dimensions and filters to view, order, and
compare information according to your analysis needs.

Sales Order Report


Create report showing purchase orders from a specified time period.

Invoiced Sales Orders Report


Create a report showing sales orders that have been invoiced.

Non-Invoiced Orders Report


Create a report showing all sales orders that have not been invoiced.

Delivered Sales Order Report


Create a report showing the sales orders that have been delivered.

Shipments Report
Create a report showing goods shipments registered in the application.

Customer Invoice Report


Create a report showing sales invoices for a specified time period.

Invoice Details
Create a report showing sales invoices with all details for a specified time period.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Setup

Sales Region

View larger

Create sales regions to be used in sales operations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Commission

View larger

Define how and when you want commissions to be calculated and to whom they are to be paid.

Keep in Mind:

The commissions can be applied to a business partner, a business partner group, a product, and/or group of
products. Also a sales region or organization can have a designed or associated commission level.

Header

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Define a sales commission to be used in the sales process.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner / Sales Rep: Identifies a Business Partner (Sales Rep) receiving the Commission
Calculation Basis: Basis for the calculation the commission
Client: Client for this installation.
Commission: Commission Identifier
Copy Lines: Copy Commission Lines from other Commission
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Frequency Type: Frequency of event
Generate Commission: Generate Commission
Invoice Product: Product, Service, Item
Last Run Date: The last specific time the process or task was run.
List Details: List document details
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Lines

Edit the selected commission amount.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer,
Business Partner :
employee, etc.
Business Partner Category: A classification of business partners based on defined similarities.
Client: Client for this installation.
Commission: Commission Identifier
Commission Line: Commission Line
Commission only specified
Commission only Orders or Invoices, where this Sales Rep is entered
Orders:
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Multiplier Amount: Multiplier Amount for generating commissions
Multiplier Quantity: Value to multiply quantities by for generating commissions.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Positive only: Do not generate negative commissions

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Product: An item produced by a process.


Product Category: A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Subtract Amount: Subtract Amount for generating commissions
Subtract Quantity: Quantity to subtract when generating commissions

Sales Channel

View larger

Create specific sales channels to be used in sales operations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Channel: Sales Channel
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Sales Campaign

View larger

Create specific sales campaigns to be used in sales operations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Channel: Sales Channel
Client: Client for this installation.
Costs: Costs in accounting currency
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.

External Point of Sales

View larger

Define and synchonize Openbravo to your points of sales and their respective attributes.

External Point of Sales

Define points of sales and their associated attributes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee,
Business Partner :
etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
External POS: External Point of Sales
Include Product: Include product
Include Product Category: Include Product Category
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Shipping Company: The name of the company making the shipment.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Product Categories

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Sales Management - Openbravo wiki

Add product categories to be transferred to the point of sales.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
C_Externalpos_Category_ID:
Client: Client for this installation.
External POS: External Point of Sales
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product Category: A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.

Products

Add products to be transferred to the point of sales.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
C_Externalpos_Product_ID:
Client: Client for this installation.
External POS: External Point of Sales
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Sales_Management"

This page has been accessed 5,179 times. This page was last modified 14:31, 25 June 2010. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Sales%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:33 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management

Contents
1 Transactions
1.1 Multiphase Project
1.1.1 Multiphase Project
1.1.2 Project Phase
1.1.3 Project Task
1.2 Service Project
1.2.1 Service Project
1.2.2 Project Line
1.2.3 Supplier
1.2.4 Proposal
1.2.5 Proposal Line
1.2.6 Followup
1.3 Expense Sheet
1.3.1 Header
1.3.2 Lines
1.4 Invoiceable Expenses
1.4.1 Customer
1.4.2 Lines
1.5 Create Sales Orders from Expenses
1.6 Employee Expenses
1.6.1 Employee
1.6.2 Lines
1.7 Create AP Expense Invoices
2 Setup
2.1 Project Type
2.1.1 Project Type
2.1.2 Standard Phase
2.1.3 Standard Task
3 Analysis Tools
3.1 Project Progress
3.2 Project Profitability
3.3 Service Project Report
3.4 Project Proposal Tracker
3.5 Expense Report

Transactions

Multiphase Project

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit projects with phases and tasks potentially requiring sales invoicing.

Multiphase Project

Create and plan a project with multiple phases and tasks.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner: Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Change Project Changes the status of the project from Open to Order to be able to create orders and from Order
Status: to Order closed to close the project.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the project.
Contract Amount: The maximum legal monetary price a project may be billed for.
Contract Date: Date promised by contract.
Contract Quantity: The maximum legal quantity for a project.
Copy Details: Button to copy phases and tasks from other multiphase projects.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Current Phase: A means to track the current phase of the project.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: The date that the project is to be completed or delivered by.
Expenses
Margin for the expenses.
Margin %:
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Invoice Amount: The monetary sum that is invoiced for a specified item or service.
Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Legally Binding
A means to know if the contract is legally binding.
Contract:
Name: Name of the multiphase project.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Person in Charge: The person in charge of leading the project.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Planned Amount: The monetary sum expected to be involved in this project.


Planned Expenses: Planned expenses for this project.
Planned Margin: The expected or provisional margin to be earned due to this transaction.
Planned Quantity: The expected or provisional quantity to be involved for a transaction line.
An indication that the highest possible contract amount and quantity are being charged (may
Price Ceiling:
depend on government regulations.
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Project Balance: Total Project Balance
Project Status: Current status of the project (Open, Order or Order closed)
Project Type: Type of the current multiphase project, if any, defined using Set project Type button.
Reinvoiced
Amount of the reinvoiced expenses.
Expenses:
Sales
The person in charge of selling the project.
Representative:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Service Cost: Project cost.
Service Margin %: Margin of the project.
Service Revenue: Revenue of the project.
Set Project Type: Sets a project type to the project, filling automatically phases and tasks.
Starting Date: Starting date of the project.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.

Project Phase

Register new phases for the current project, edit standard ones and generate sales orders for the current phase

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Contract Amount: The maximum legal monetary price the product may be billed for.
Contract Date: Date promised by contract.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: Ending date of the phase.
Create Sales Order from
Button to create a sales order from the current phase.
Project Phase:
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the project phase.
Name: Name of the project phase.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Phase Complete: A means to know if the phase has been completed.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

An indication that the highest possible contract amount and quantity are being charged
Price Ceiling:
(may depend on government regulations.
Product: Product required for this phase.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Quantity: Quantity of product required for this phase.
Sales Order: Reference of the Sales Order created for this project.
Sequence: The order of this phase inside the project.
Standard Phase: Standard phase corresponding to the current phase, if any.
Starting Date: Starting date of the phase.
Unit Price: Unitary price of the product.

Project Task

Register new tasks for the current phase or edit standard ones.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Contract
The maximum legal monetary price the product may be billed for.
Amount:
Contract Date: Date promised by contract.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: Ending date of the task.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the project task.
Name: Name of the project task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
An indication that the highest possible contract amount and quantity are being charged (may depend
Price Ceiling:
on government regulations.
Product: Product required for this task, if any.
Project Phase: Current project phase.
Quantity: Quantity of product required for this task.
Sequence: The order of this task inside the phase.
Standard Task: Standard task corresponding to the current task, if any.
Starting Date: Starting date of the task.
Task Complete: A means to know if the task has been completed.
Unit Price: Unitary price of the product.

Service Project

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit projects that do not follow phases nor tasks but only require a list of materials. These projects can be
associated to biddings of your business partners. Manage proposals and create both sales and purchase orders.

What is a Service Project?

Helps companies to manage the profitability of their services and offerings. It can be thought of as a cost center
allowing managers to track expenses, employee hours and efforts, purchases, etc. Companies will be in a better
position to manage and correctly invoice clients.

Service Project

Create and edit projects potentially requiring purchase and sales invoicing as well as bids and proposals.

Fields:

Account No: Account Number


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner :
Change Project Changes the status of the project from Open to Order to be able to create orders and from Order to
Status: Order closed to close the project.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the project.
Contract
The maximum legal monetary price a project may be billed for.
Amount:
Contract Date: Date promised by contract.
Contract
The maximum legal quantity for a project.
Quantity:
Copy Details: Copy Lines from other service projects.
Create Sales
Order from Button to create a Sales Order from the project.
Project:
Create A flag that indicates if a temporary price list needs to be created for the current service project. This
Temporary price list is created while changing project status to Order and takes prices defined in lines for each
Price List: product.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Ending Date: The date that the project is to be completed or delivered by.
Expenses
Margin for the expenses.
Margin %:
Form of
The method used to pay the request.
Payment:
Initiative Type: A means to know which type of initiative launched the project (Public or Private).
Invoice
The monetary sum that is invoiced for a specified item or service.
Amount:
Invoice
The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Quantity:
Invoice to
Project:
Legally Binding
A means to know if the contract is legally binding.
Contract:
Location /
A specific place or residence where the project takes place.
Address:
Name: Name of the service project.
Number of
The number of copies of each document that will be printed.
Copies:
Order
A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Reference:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner
The location of the selected business partner.
Address:
Payment
The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Terms:
Person in
The person in charge of leading the project.
Charge:
Phase: A means to know in which phase the project is (Awarded a contract to, Project or Tender).
Planned
The monetary sum expected to be involved in this project.
Amount:
Planned
Planned expenses for this project.
Expenses:
Planned
The expected or provisional margin to be earned due to this transaction.
Margin:
Planned
The expected or provisional quantity to be involved for a transaction line.
Quantity:
An indication that the highest possible contract amount and quantity are being charged (may depend
Price Ceiling:
on government regulations.
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Project
Total project balance.
Balance:
Project Status: Current status of the project (Open, Order or Order closed)

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Reinvoiced
Amount of the reinvoiced expenses.
Expenses:
Sales
The person in charge of selling the project.
Representative:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Service Cost: Project cost.
Service
Margin of the project.
Margin %:
Service
Revenue of the project.
Revenue:
Standard
One section or part of a project.
Phase:
Starting Date: Starting date of the project.
Summary
A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Level:
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse: The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Work Type: A means to know which is the project work type (Reinforcement, Road or Wall).

Project Line

Lines of products that will be used in the service project.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: The order of this line inside the project.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Planned Amount: Planned amount paid (planned price x planned quantity).
Planned Margin: Planned margin for the transaction.
Planned Price: Planned sales price for the product.
Planned Purchase
Planned purchase price for the product.
Price:
Planned Quantity: Planned quantity of product.
Product: Product of this line.
Product Description: Description of the product.
Product Identifier: An identifier for the product.
Product Name: An name for the product.
Project: Current project.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or
Tax:

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

transaction.

Supplier

Add suppliers from whom you will buy products if necessary.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Business partner that will supply the products needed for the project.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the purchase.
Create Purchase Order Button that generates a Purchase Order for the current supplier with the list of all the
from Project: materials needed for this project.
INCOTERM description: Description of international commercial terms.
Incoterms: Select international commercial terms, if any.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price List: A catalog of selected items with prices defined generally or for a specific partner.
Project: Current project.

Proposal

Create a proposal for a business partner trying to win the bid for the current project.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy Lines From
Button that copies the lines of the project to proposal lines.
Project:
Date Sent: Date of sending of the proposal to the business partner.
Footer: Lines written in the footer of the proposal sheet.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Header Note: Lines written in the header of the proposal sheet.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Process a Winning Button to process a winning bid and declare the current business partner as winner in the
Bid: header of the project.
Project: Current project.
Sales Transaction: A flag indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.

Proposal Line

Add products to be included in your proposal for this business partner. Each product is added on its own line.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: The order of this line inside the project proposal.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Price: Sales price for the product.
Product: Product of this line.
Product Description: Description of the product.
Product Identifier: An identifier for the product.
Product Name: An name for the product.
Project Proposal: Current project proposal.
Quantity: Quantity of product.

Followup

Register and track significant events or thoughts of each one of the proposals.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users to follow the project proposal.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Project proposal: Current project proposal.
User/Contact: Person making the followup.

Expense Sheet

View larger

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Register time and products spent on projects, both reimbursable expenses to employees and billable charges to
customers.

The following table summarizes all the possibilities of expenses.

NO re-invoiced expense Re-invoiced expense


A B

This expense associates a physical product This expense associates a physical product with its quantity and
with its quantity and price to a particular price to a particular project. This expense will be billable to
NO project. customers.
time
This expense permits: This expense permits:
expense
To generate a purchase invoice to To generate a purchase invoice to the employee.
the employee. To report project profitability.
To report project profitability. To generate a billable sales order to the customer.

D
C
This expense associates products in hours to a particular
This expense associates products in hours
project. This expense will be billable to customers.
Time to a particular project.
expense This expense permits:
This expense permits:
To report project profitability.
To report project profitability.
To generate a billable sales order to the customer.

After processing the expense sheet:

A and B expenses will lead to purchase invoices to the employee.


B and D expenses will lead to billable sales orders to the customer.
A, B, C and D expenses are included in project profitability report.

Header

Create and process an expense sheet.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: Number of the expense sheet.
Employee: Employee of the current expense sheet.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process Button to process the current expense sheet in order to generate invoiceable expenses and employee

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Expenses: expenses.
Report Date: Date of data entering.

Lines

Add time and regular expense lines to your expense sheet. Each expense is added to an individual line and may or may
not be invoiced to your customers.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business
Business Partner the expense sheet will be billed to.
Partner:
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users track the expense line.
Converted
The monetary sum at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Amount:
Currency: Currency of the transaction.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Expense
Amount of the expense line (Quantity x Invoice Price).
Amount:
Expense Date: Date of the expense.
Expense
Current expense sheet.
Sheet:
The price at which something may be invoiced, shown in the currency of the invoiced business
Invoice Price:
partner.
Line No.: The order of this line inside the expense sheet.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: Product of this expense line.
Project: Project the expense line is associated to.
Project
Project phase the expense line is associated to.
Phase:
Project Task: Project task the expense line is associated to.
Quantity: Quantity of product.
Reinvoicing: A means to bill the current expense sheet line to a customer.
A means to associate expenses in hours to a particular project. Since that charge is due to time, it is
Time Sheet:
not typically justifiable by receipt.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Invoiceable Expenses

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Track billable expenses before invoicing them to customers.

Customer

Select the customer who will be receiving the sales invoice.

Fields:

Customer: A means to know if the business partner is a customer.


Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Name 2: Additional space to write the name of a business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Price List: Prices defined for the business partner.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Lines

View each expense line to be included in the sales invoice.

Fields:

Business
Business Partner the expense sheet will be billed to.
Partner:
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users track the expense line.
Converted
The monetary sum at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Amount:
Currency: Currency of the transaction.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Expense
Amount of the expense line (Quantity x Invoice Price).
Amount:
Expense Date: Date of the expense.
Expense
Corresponding expense sheet.
Sheet:
The price at which something may be invoiced, shown in the currency of the invoiced business
Invoice Price:
partner.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Line No.: The order of this line inside the expense sheet.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: Product of this expense line.
Project: Project the expense line is associated to.
Project
Project phase the expense line is associated to.
Phase:
Project Task: Project task the expense line is associated to.
Quantity: Quantity of product.
Reinvoicing: A means to bill the current expense sheet line to a customer.
A means to associate expenses in hours to a particular project. Since that charge is due to time, it is
Time Sheet:
not typically justifiable by receipt.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Create Sales Orders from Expenses

View larger

Create sales orders from billable charges to customers. This process also allows to complete and process automatically
the sales orders created.

Employee Expenses

View larger

Track reimbursable expenses to employees before processing them.

Employee

Select the employee who is submitting the expenses.

Fields:

Employee: A means to know if the business partner is an employee.


Name: Name of the employee.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Name 2: Additional space to write the name of a business partner.


Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Purchase Pricelist: Prices defined for the employee.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.

Lines

View each expense line for the employee to be included in the purchase invoice.

Fields:

Business
Business Partner the expense sheet will be billed to.
Partner:
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A comment that adds additional information to help users track the expense line.
Converted
The monetary sum at which one unit of measure is changed to another.
Amount:
Currency: Currency of the transaction.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Expense
Amount of the expense line (Quantity x Invoice Price).
Amount:
Expense Date: Date of the expense.
Expense
Corresponding expense sheet.
Sheet:
The price at which something may be invoiced, shown in the currency of the invoiced business
Invoice Price:
partner.
Line No.: The order of this line inside the expense sheet.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: Product of this expense line.
Project: Project the expense line is associated to.
Project
Project phase the expense line is associated to.
Phase:
Project Task: Project task the expense line is associated to.
Quantity: Quantity of product.
Reinvoicing: A means to bill the current expense sheet line to a customer.
A means to associate expenses in hours to a particular project. Since that charge is due to time, it is
Time Sheet:
not typically justifiable by receipt.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

Create AP Expense Invoices

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create purchase invoices from reimbursable expenses to employees.

Setup

Project Type

View larger

Define project types with typical phases and tasks to be used in multiphase projects.

Project Type

Define a project type.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: Name of the project type.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Project Category: Project Category of the current project type. Default value is Multiphase Project.

Standard Phase

Define standard phases for the current project type.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: Product used during the current standard phase, if any.
Project Type: Current project type.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Standard Duration in Days: Standard Duration in Days of a Standard Phase or a Standard Task.
Standard Quantity: Usual quantity of product used in the current standard phase.

Standard Task

Define standard tasks for the current project phase.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: Name of the standard task.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Product: Product used during the current standard task, if any.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Standard Duration in Days: Standard Duration in Days of a Standard Phase or a Standard Task.
Standard Phase: Current standard phase.
Standard Quantity: Usual quantity of product used in the current standard task.

Analysis Tools

Project Progress
Report the progress of selected projects.

Project Profitability
Report the profitability of selected projects.

Service Project Report


Report incomes of service projects.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Project and Service Management - Openbravo wiki

Project Proposal Tracker

View larger

Track all project proposals in a single view.

Fields:

Business Partner : Business Partner involved in the proposal.


Client: Client for this installation.
Date sent: Date of sending of the proposal to the business partner.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Project: Project associated to the proposal.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
User/Contact: Contact person of the business partner.

Expense Report
Report a list of expenses of selected projects and employees.

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Project_and_Service_Management"

This page has been accessed 3,737 times. This page was last modified 10:05, 16 June 2009. Content is available under
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/...20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Project%20&%20Service%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:46 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management

Contents
1 Receivables & Payables
1.1 Transactions
1.1.1 Bank Statement
1.1.1.1 Header
1.1.1.2 Lines
1.1.2 Tax Payment
1.1.2.1 Header
1.1.2.2 Tax Register Header
1.1.2.3 Lines
1.1.3 Cash Journal
1.1.3.1 Header
1.1.3.2 Lines
1.1.4 Funds Transfer
1.1.5 Remittance
1.1.5.1 Header
1.1.5.2 Lines
1.1.6 Payment Status Management
1.1.6.1 Header
1.1.6.2 Lines
1.1.7 Manual Settlement
1.1.7.1 Manual Settlement
1.1.7.2 Created Payment
1.1.7.3 Balance Payment
1.1.7.4 Balance Payment Replacement
1.1.8 Settlement
1.1.8.1 Cancelled Payments
1.1.8.2 Created Payments
1.1.8.3 Settlement
1.1.9 Remittance Cancellation/Return
1.1.10 Change Payment Status
1.2 Setup
1.2.1 Bank
1.2.1.1 Bank
1.2.1.2 Account
1.2.2 Cashbook
1.2.3 Remittance Type
1.2.3.1 Remittance Type
1.2.3.2 Parameter
1.2.4 Tax Register Type
1.2.4.1 Tax Register Type
1.2.4.2 Lines
1.2.5 Promissory Note Format
1.3 Analysis Tools
1.3.1 Bank Operations
1.3.2 Cash Operations
1.3.3 Cashflow Forecast
1.3.4 Payment Report
1.3.5 Invoice Tax Report
1.3.6 Payment Tracker
2 Accounting

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

2.1 Transactions
2.1.1 G/L Journal
2.1.1.1 Batch
2.1.1.2 Journal
2.1.1.3 Lines
2.1.2 GL Posting by DB Tables
2.1.3 Reset Accounting
2.1.4 Budget
2.1.4.1 Header
2.1.4.2 Lines
2.1.5 Create Budget Report in Excel
2.2 Open / Close Period Control
2.3 Setup
2.3.1 Fiscal Calendar
2.3.1.1 Calendar
2.3.1.2 Non Business Day
2.3.1.3 Period
2.3.1.4 Period Control
2.3.1.5 Year
2.3.2 Account Tree
2.3.2.1 Customized Elements
2.3.2.2 Element
2.3.2.3 Element Value
2.3.3 Accounting Dimension
2.3.3.1 Activity Dimension
2.3.3.2 Business Partner Dimension
2.3.3.3 Campaign Dimension
2.3.3.4 Organization Dimension
2.3.3.5 Product Dimension
2.3.3.6 Project Dimension
2.3.3.7 Sales Region Dimension
2.3.4 Accounting Schema
2.3.4.1 Account Schema Element
2.3.4.2 Account Schema Tables
2.3.4.3 Accounting Schema
2.3.4.4 Defaults
2.3.4.5 General Ledger
2.3.5 G/L Item
2.3.6 Account Combination
2.3.7 G/L Category
2.3.8 Document Type
2.3.9 Document Sequence
2.3.10 Report Templates
2.3.11 Email Definitions
2.3.12 Tax Category
2.3.13 Tax Rate
2.3.13.1 Tax
2.3.13.2 Tax Zone
2.3.14 Bussines Partner Tax Category
2.3.15 ABC Activity
2.4 Analysis Tools
2.4.1 Balance sheet and P&L structure
2.4.2 Trial Balance Report
2.4.3 General Ledger Report
2.4.4 General Ledger Journal

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

2.4.5 Not Posted Transaction Report


2.4.6 User Defined Accounting Report
2.4.7 Tax Report
2.4.8 Withholding Report
2.4.9 Cash Flow Statement
2.4.10 Balance sheet and P&L structure Setup
2.4.10.1 Setup
2.4.10.2 Grouping category
2.4.10.3 Node
2.4.11 User Defined Accounting Report Setup
2.4.12 Tax Report Setup
2.4.13 Generate Cash Flow Statement
2.4.14 Accounting Transaction Details
3 Assets
3.1 Assets
3.1.1 Assets
3.1.2 Asset Amortization
3.2 Asset Category
3.3 Amortization
3.3.1 Header
3.3.2 Lines
4 Overview
4.1 Purpose
4.2 Scope
4.3 References
5 Design Considerations
5.1 Dependencies
6 Glossary
7 Functional Requirements
7.1 User roles & profiles
7.2 Business process definition
7.3 User stories
7.4 Functional requirements based on business processes
7.5 User Interface Mockups
8 Technical Requirements
9 Non-Functional Requirements
10 Open Discussion Items
11 Closed Discussion Items

Receivables & Payables

Transactions

Bank Statement

View larger

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

View your bank statements against transactions created and edited in the application.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

Header

Add received bank statements to compare the completed financial transaction with application transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank Statement: Bank Statement of account
Beginning Balance: Balance prior to any transactions
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending balance: Ending or closing balance
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Statement:
Process Statement:
Statement difference: Difference between statement ending balance and actual ending balance
Transaction Date: The date the transaction is carried out and registered in the cash journal.

Lines

Add bank statement lines. Each line represents a particular transaction included in the received bank statement.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank Statement: Bank Statement of account
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Charge amount: The amount of a cost or expense incurred during business activity.
Client: Client for this installation.
Convert Charge amount: Convert Charge amount
Create Payment:
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
DP Management: Debt Payment Management

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Effective date: Date when money is available


Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Memo: Memo Text
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Reference No.: The number for a specific reference.
Reversal: This is a reversing transaction
Statement amount: Statement Amount
Transaction Amount: Amount of a transaction

Tax Payment

View larger

Tax Payment where put the payment of tax and in where tax register is recorded.

Header

Add cash transactions performed by the company.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Accounting schema: An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar.
Business Partner: Refers to whom tax register is paid, normally government
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Vat Registers: Process that creates registers and register lines from invoices.
Ending Date: The Date To indicates the end date of a range
Generate Payment: The Generate Payment flag indicates whether a payment for this registers will be generated or not.
Journal Entry: The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent invoice tax entries cancellation.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Starting Date: The Date From indicates the starting date of a range.
Settlement: Document containing the payment for this tax payment
TaxPayment Post: Post the TaxPayment.

Tax Register Header

Each line represents one particular register type.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Last Register Amount: Amount of last register.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Page No.: Starting page number for the report.
Tax Payment: Tax payment.
Tax Register Type: Tax Register Type.
Tax Total Amount: Total amount of the lines.

Lines

Each line represents one invoice tax line contained in this register type.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Document No.: Invoice document No.
Exempt Amount.: No taxable amount.
Invoice Tax: Origin invoice tax.
Invoice Date: Origin invoice date
Name: A more descriptive identifier.
No VAT Amount: No VAT Amount.
Name: A more descriptive identifier.
Name: A more descriptive identifier.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tax: The Tax indicates the type of tax for this line.
Taxable Amount: The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.
Tax Amount: The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document.
Tax Payment: Tax payment.
Tax Register: Tax Register.
Total Amount: The Total Amount indicates the total document amount.
Undeductable Amount: Tax Undeductable Amount.

Cash Journal

View larger

Add individual cash transactions to be managed and viewed in the cashbook.

What are the types of cash operations?

Charge
Debt/Payment

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Difference
General Expense
General Receipt

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

Header

Add cash transactions performed by the company.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Beginning Balance: Balance prior to any transactions
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal: Cash Journal
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending balance: Ending or closing balance
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Cash:
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Statement difference: Difference between statement ending balance and actual ending balance
Transaction Date: The date the transaction is carried out and registered in the cash journal.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Add cash journal lines. Each line represents one particular cash transaction.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Cash Journal: Cash Journal
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Cash Type: Source of Cash

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Charge: A cost or expense incurred during business activity.


Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Discount Amount: Calculated amount of discount
Generated: This Line is generated
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Sales Order: A unique and often automatically generated identifier for a sales order.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Funds Transfer

View larger

Add funds transfers to move money between your Bank Accounts and/or your Cash Journal.

Remittance

View larger

Edit payments by using remittances to cancel or return them.

What is a Remittance?

A set of payment obligations to be sent to the bank. In this way the bank manages the selected debt/payment obligations. A payment
obligation can be invoices, expenses, and any type of manual settlement.

Keep in Mind:

If the created remittance is marked as consolidated the settlement is automatically created whenever the user processes this type of
remittance.
If payments with withholding amount are included in a remittance, then not only one but two settlements are created. The second
one will post the withholding amounts of those payments with withholding.
Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

Header

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Create remittances by including specified payments.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create File:
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
C_Remittance_ID: Remittance
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
DP Management: Debt Payment Management
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Process:
Remittance Type: Remittance Type
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.

Lines

Edit remittance lines. Each line corresponds to one payment.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
C_Remittance_ID: Remittance
C_Remittanceline_ID: Remittance line.
Debt Payment Cancelled: Debt Payment Cancelled
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Returned:

Payment Status Management

View larger

Edit the status of payments for the accounting purposes.

Keep in Mind:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

Header

Create and edit payments.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
DP Management: Debt Payment Management
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Post Payment Management:
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Create and edit payment lines by changing payments status.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
C_Dp_Managementline_ID: Debt/payment management line.
Client: Client for this installation.
DP Management: Debt Payment Management
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Status From: Status From
Status To: Status to

Manual Settlement

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit payments with no corresponding document/transaction in the application.

What is a Manual Settlement?

Manual Settlement enables the user to create settlements that have not been previously generated based on any customer or vendor
invoices. In its simplest terms, a manual settlement is used when there no previously created invoice exists.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

If all created payments have direct posting equals to N, then this document will not be posted. If user or background process posts
it, it will turn into "Document Disabled for Posting" status.

Manual Settlement

Create and edit manual settlements for payments with no corresponding document/transaction in the application.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Canceled not charge: Canceled not charge amount
Charged amount: Charged amount
Client: Client for this installation.
Copy from Settlement: Generates a manual settlement
Create File:
Create Lines from: An addition of statements from pre-existing documents.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Post Settlement:
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Settlement amount:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Settlement Open:
Settlement Type: Settlement Type
Template: Is Template
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Created Payment

Create manual settlement lines. Each line represents one payment.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Ballancing amount:
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Direct Posting: Direct Posting
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
G/L Item: An alias for the Account Combination which can be commonly used in daily operations.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Payment Complete: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Receipt: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a monetary transaction.
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Balance Payment

Define the G/L items that are going to be used.

Fields:

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount credit: Credit amount
Amount debit: Debit amount
C_Debt_Payment_Balancing_ID: Debt/Payment Balancing
Client: Client for this installation.
G/L Item: An alias for the Account Combination which can be commonly used in daily operations.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.

Balance Payment Replacement

Define a G/L items which can be used to replace G/L items defined in the header tab.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount credit: Credit amount
Amount debit: Debit amount
Client: Client for this installation.
G/L Item: An alias for the Account Combination which can be commonly used in daily operations.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Replace Balances:

Settlement

View larger

Edit payments by summing one or many into one or by dividing one into many. Here you manage payments that come from invoices
generated in the application.

What is a Settlement?

Documents formed based on payment obligations from customers or vendors invoices. When an invoice is created, a need to pay/receive
money is created. A settlement allows the user to break up a debt/payment obligation into smaller installations or sum up more than one
obligation into few bigger ones.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields
depending on document's state.

Cancelled Payments

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

View cancelled payments.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: Amount in a defined currency
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Cancel processed: Cancel processed
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Change Debt Payment: Take this Debt/Payment out of the settlement
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Payment Complete: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary transaction.
Receipt: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a monetary transaction.
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Created Payments

Create payments. The amount of all the payments created must be equal to the amount of all the payments cancelled.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amount: A monetary total.
Ballancing amount:
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank statement line: A statement displaying one transaction in the bank statement.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Cancelled Settlement No.: The settlement used to cancel the corresponding payment.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.
Cash Journal Line: A statement displaying one transaction in the cash journal.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Direct Posting: Direct Posting


Due Date: The date when a specified request must be carried out by.
Form of Payment: The method used to pay the request.
Generate_Processed: Generate Processed
G/L Item: An alias for the Account Combination which can be commonly used in daily operations.
Invoice: A document listing products, quantities and prices, payment terms, etc.
Manual: A task or process completed directly by the user, not automatically by the application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment: A obligation to pay or a right to collect for a specified item or service.
Payment Complete: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through a monetary transaction.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Receipt: A confirmation stating whether the request has been closed through receipt of a monetary transaction.
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Status: A defined state or position of a payment.
Valid: A confirmation that something is correct.
Write-off Amount: A monetary sum that can be deducted from tax obligations.

Settlement

Create settlements for selected payments.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Canceled not charge: Canceled not charge amount
Charged amount: Charged amount
Client: Client for this installation.
Create File:
Create lines from: Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Generated amount: Generated amount
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Post Settlement:
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now: A request to process the respective document or task.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Settlement: The process of exchanging or carrying out a payment once a transaction is made.
Settlement Open:
Settlement Type: Settlement Type
Transaction Date: The date that a specified transaction is entered into the application.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Remittance Cancellation/Return

View larger

Edit pending remittances by cancelling or returning them.

Change Payment Status

Edit a previously completed payment changing the status from paid to unpaid.

Setup

Bank

View larger

Define banks and the related accounts.

Bank

Create your banks to be used in application transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank Code: Code of the bank (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding).
Bank International Code. Also known as Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial
BIC code:
Telecommunications)
Branch Code: Code of the branch (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding).
Business Partner : Each bank can have a business partner in the system, with more information about the bank.
Client: Client for this installation.
Control Digit: Digit control (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding).
Country: If the bank specifies an international bank account number (IBAN), the country of the bank must be specified.
INE Number: INE Number.
Location /
Address where bank is located.
Address:
Name: Name of the Bank

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client

Account

Create and edit bank accounts for a selected bank.

Fields:

Account
Whether the bank account is a checkings or a savings account.
Type:
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank: Bank to which this bank account belongs to.
Client: Client for this installation.
Control Control Digit (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding). If filled in, bank code, branch code and control
Digit: digit must be indicated in the Bank tab.
Credit limit: Amount of Credit allowed
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Current
Current Balance
balance:
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Displayed
Aspect that this bank account will have when showed anywhere in the application.
Account:
Generic
Account code in a free format.
Account:
IBAN: International Bank Account Number. If filled in, bank country must be indicated in the Bank tab.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partial Partial Account Number (Mandatory only for previous bank account encoding). If filled in, bank code, branch code and
Account No: control digit must be indicated in the Bank tab.
Show A flag indicating that this bank account will be shown in an Generic format, using the bank account code contained in
Generic: the Generic Account textbox.
A flag indicating that this bank account will be shown in an IBAN format, using the bank account code contained in the
Show IBAN:
IBAN textbox, and checking that honors the IBAN control check.
Show A flag indicating that this bank account will be shown in an Spanish format, using the bank account code contained in
Spanish: the Partial Account No. textbox, and checking that Control Digits are ok.

Cashbook

View larger

Define cashbooks to be used for the company's cash transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Cash Book: A document used to manage all cash transactions.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Remittance Type

View larger

Create and edit remittance types with corresponding parameters according to your business needs.

Remittance Type

Create and edit remittance types.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Consolidate: Consolidate
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Payment Rule Consolidated: Payment Rule Consolidated
Remittance Type: Remittance Type
Returned Status: Returned Status
Status To: Status to

Parameter

Add parameters for a selected remittance type according to your business needs.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Content: Content
C_Remittance_Parameter_ID: Parameter
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Remittance Type: Remittance Type

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Tax Register Type

View larger

Create and edit tax register types with corresponding lines according to your business needs.

Tax Register Type

Create and edit tax register types.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Description: A description is limited to 255 characters.
Sales Transaction: The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item refers to Sales Transactions.
Help / Comment: The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item.
G/L Item: General ledger item relate to this register type.

Lines

Add lines to this tax register type to indicate tax rates and document types included.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tax Register Type: Type of Tax Register
Tax: The Tax indicates the tax rate for this register type.
Document Type: Invoice document type in which system will look for taxes.

Promissory Note Format

View larger

Using the promissory note window to create and edit the structure of printed promissory notes or checks.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Understanding promissory note or check like:

Although all the banks use the same promissory note structure, they are not exactly the same. There are millimeter differences. That is
way this window was created. So the user can adjust the promissory printing in its own.

The promissory note is structured with four lines. And each line has different blanks. All together, there are nine blanks. Setting up the
relative spaces between lines, we will be able to setup a promissory template for each bank. This way, a proper promissory note will be
printed.

So, what are the parameters for?

Line 1 Left: Left margin for line 1

Line 2 Left: Left margin for line 2

Line 3 Left: Left margin for line 3

Line 4 Left: Left margin for line 4

Line 1 Top: First line's top margin.

Line 2 Top: The space between the first and the second line.

Line 3 Top: The space between the second and the third line.

Line 4 Top: The space between the third and the fourth line.

Param11: The space between the first blank and the second one, in line 1.

Param12: The space between the second blank and the third one, in line 1.

Param13: The space between the third blank and the fourth one, in line 1.

Param31: The space between the first blank and the second one, in line 3.

Param32: The space between the second blank and the third one, in line 3.

Param41: The space between the first blank and the second one, in line 4.

Param42: The space between the second blank and the third one, in line 4.

Param43: The space between the third blank and the forth one, in line 4.

All the source fields are just to set up the font size for each filled blank.

"Print bank location" flag is to configure whether we want to write the bank location or not, depending if the bank location is already
defined on the promissory note.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

So, using all this configuration, it is possible to have different banks and print different promissory notes for each bank.

Analysis Tools

Bank Operations

Create a report showing all the operations performed using selected bank accounts during a specified time period.

Cash Operations

Create a report showing all the operations performed using selected cashbooks during a specified time period.

Cashflow Forecast

Create cash flow forecasts for your bank accounts.

Payment Report

Create a report showing your receivables and payables.

Invoice Tax Report

Create a report showing the tax amounts applied to completed invoices.

Payment Tracker

Create a report showing the payments lifecycle.

Accounting

Transactions

G/L Journal

View larger

Create and edit manual G/L journal entries.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only in order to
prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the modification of some fields

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

depending on document's state.

Batch

Create G/L Journal batches in order to group journals of similar characteristics. Each batch may have many journals.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Control Amount: If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Date: The time listed on the document.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
G/L Category: A classification used to group lines in the general ledger.
Journal Batch: General Ledger Journal Batch.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Period: A specified time period.
Posting Type: A distinct posting amount characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Template: Is Template
Total Credit: Total Credit in document currency.
Total Debit: Total debit in document currency.

Process Buttons:

Copy Details: Copy Journal/Lines from other Journal Batch


Process Batch:

Journal

Create G/L Journals for specified fiscal periods.

Fields:

Accounting Date: he structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the calendar.
Accounting Schema: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Indicates if this document requires approval
Approved:
Budget A group of planned expenses for a task.||

Client: Client for this installation.


Control Amount: If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Currency Rate Type: A distinct currency rate characteristic used for processes.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Document Date: The time listed on the document.
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Document Status: A specified position resulting from processes which have/have not been executed.
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
G/L Category: A classification used to group lines in the general ledger.
Journal Batch: x
Journal Entry: One transaction with a debit and credit and entered into the general ledger.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.
Period: A specified time period.
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Posting Type: A distinct posting amount characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Rate: The percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
Total Credit: Total Credit in document currency.
Total Debit: Total debit in document currency.

Process Buttons:

Process Journal:

Lines

Add G/L Journal lines. Each line corresponds to one G/L Journal entry.

Fields:

Accounting An identification code comprised of an individual account number and additional dimensions such organization,
Combination: product, and business partner.
Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Credit: The amount credited to an account, converted to the organization default currency.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Currency Rate
A distinct currency rate characteristic used for processes.
Type:
Debit: The amount debited to an account, converted to the organization default currency.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Foreign Currency
The amount credited from the account, given in provider currency.
Credit:
Foreign Currency
The amount debited from the account, given in provider currency.
Debit:
Generated: This Line is generated.
Journal Entry: One transaction with a debit and credit and entered into the general ledger.
Journal Line: General Ledger Journal Line.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Quantity: The number of a certain item.


Rate: The percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.

GL Posting by DB Tables

View larger

Recreate accounting information and add transactions for the General Ledger, grouped by defined database tables.

Reset Accounting

View larger

Delete all accounting records/information and set the status of all documents to "not-processed." They can then be re-created by running
the accounting processes again.

Budget

View larger

Create budgets for a selected year to be used for informative purposes.

Header

Create budgets for a selected year to be used for informative purposes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Budget: A group of planned expenses for a task.
Budget Type: x
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: An identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client.


Year: Calendar Year.
Export Actual Data: A flag indicating whether the actual data should be also exported.

Process Buttons:

Copy Budget:'Create a new budget, copying data of the selected one.'


Export Budget to Excel:'Export Budget data to a spreadsheet.'

Lines

Add budget lines. Each line may refer to a specified period, business partner, product, etc.

Fields:

Accounting An identification code comprised of an individual account number and additional dimensions such organization,
Combination: product, and business partner.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Amount: A monetary total.
Budget: A group of planned expenses for a task.
Budget line:
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Business Partner
A classification of business partners based on defined similarities.
Category:
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Period: A specified time period.
Price: The cost or value of a good or service.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Product Category: A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Create Budget Report in Excel

Create a structured excel file to import your budgets to the application.

Open / Close Period Control

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Create an opening / closure event for an organization's specified accounting period. Fields

Select the
organization
for which
Organization
you want to
open or close
this period.
Select the
check box to
open or close
the period
Open also all child organizations for all child
organizations
of the
selected
organization.
The financial
calendar of
the selected
Calendar
organization
will be
displayed.
Select the
Year financial
year.
Specify the
final period
that will be
opened or
closed. For
example, if
Until Period No.
you select
period 4 for
closure,
periods 1,2,3
and 4 will all
be closed.
Select the
document
category (for
example
sales
invoices) for
which you
want to open
or close the
Document Category
period. If no
document
category is
selected, it
will open or
close for all
the

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

document
categories
Specify the
action you
want to
perform on
the selected
period. You
Period Action can choose
to open,
close or
permanently
close the
selected
period.
Description - type a description of the opening / closure event if required.

Setup

Fiscal Calendar

View larger

Create multiple fiscal calendars and periods for accounting purposes.

Calendar

Create multiple fiscal calendars to be used by one or all your organizations.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Calendar: A table showing the days of the week for each month of the year.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Non Business Day

Define non business days for a selected fiscal calendar.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Calendar: A table showing the days of the week for each month of the year.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Date: Date when business is not conducted
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Non Business Day: Day on which business is not transacted
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Period

Create and edit fiscal periods according to your needs, as well as open/close selected periods.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Open/Close All: Open/Close all Base Document Types for this Period
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Period: A specified time period.
Period No: Unique Period Number
Period Type: Period Type
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.
Year: Calendar Year

Period Control

Add and edit document types to be included in the accounting process during the selected fiscal period.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Document Category: A classification of document types that are shown and processed in the same window.
Open/Close:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Period: A specified time period.
Period Action: Action taken for this period
Period Control: Period Control
Period Status: Current state of this period

Year

Create fiscal years with the possibility of automatically adding fiscal periods.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Calendar: A table showing the days of the week for each month of the year.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Create Periods : Create 12 standard calendar periods (Jan-Dec)
Create Reg Fact Acct:
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Drop Reg Fact Acct:
Fiscal Year: Calendar Year
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Year: Calendar Year

Account Tree

View larger

Create and edit account elements and add them to your defined chart of accounts or account trees.

Customized Elements

Edit elements and add or subtract them according to your needs.

Fields:

Account: The identification code used for accounting.


Account Element: A identification code for an account type.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
C_Elementvalue_Operand_ID: Element value operand
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Sign: Sign

Element

Create account elements structures to be used in the accounting schema.

Fields:

Accounting Element: A unique identifier for an account type.


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Additional Tree (1): For parallel Reporting
Additional Tree (2): For parallel Reporting
Balancing: All transactions within an element value must balance (e.g. cost centers)
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Natural Account: The primary natural account
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tree: Identifies a Tree
Type: A distinct item characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.
Value Format: Value Format

Element Value

Add and edit elements and edit elements tree structures.

Fields:

Account Element: A identification code for an account type.


Account Sign: Indicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or Credit
Account Type: Indicates the type of account
Accounting Element: A unique identifier for an account type.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Bank Account: A monetary account of funds held in a recognized banking institution.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Controlled: Control account - If an account is controlled by a document, you cannot post manually to it
Element Level: Element Level
Foreign Currency Account: Balances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Post Actual: Actual Values can be posted
Post Budget: Budget values can be posted
Post Encumbrance: Post commitments to this account
Post Statistical: Post statistical quantities to this account?
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Show element: Show element
Show Value Condition: Show Value Condition
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
Valid until Date: A parameter stating the ending time of a specified request.

Accounting Dimension

View larger

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Create and edit accounting dimensions to be used in dimensional reports.

Activity Dimension

Maintain Acitivity Accounting Dimension Tree

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Business Partner Dimension

Create and edit business partner dimensions to be used in the dimensional reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Campaign Dimension

Maintain Marketing Campaign Accounting Dimension Tree

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Channel: Sales Channel
Client: Client for this installation.
Costs: Costs in accounting currency
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.


Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.

Organization Dimension

Create and edit organizational dimensions to be used in the dimensional reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Product Dimension

Create and edit products dimensions to be used in the dimensional reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Attribute Set: A group of attributes which are assigned to a selected product.
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Bill of Materials: Bill of Materials
Classification: Classification for grouping
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Description URL: An address for the product description which can be accessed via internet.
Discontinued: A statement mentioning that this product will no longer be available on the market.
Discontinued by: The name of the person who discontinues an item.
Download URL: URL of the Download files
Expense Type: Expense report type
Freight Category: A classification used to help calculate shipping company freight amounts.
Guarantee Days: Number of days the product is guaranteed or available
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Image URL: An address for the product image which can be accessed via internet.
Mail Template: A template used to organize and send mail using a standard format.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print detail records on
Print detail BOM elements on the invoice
invoice :
Print detail records on pick
Print detail BOM elements on the pick list
list:
Product: An item produced by a process.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Product Category: A classification of items based on similar characteristics or attributes.


An important classification used to determine the accounting and management of a
Product Type:
product.
Purchase: An indication that an item may be purchased by a business partner.
Resource: Resource
Revenue Recognition: Method for recording revenue
Sale: An indication that an item may be sold by a business partner.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Shelf Depth: Shelf depth required
Shelf Height: Shelf height required
Shelf Width: Shelf width required
SKU: A "stock keeping unit" used to track items sold to business partners.
Stocked: Organization stocks this product
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Tax Category: A classification of tax options based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Units Per Pallet: Units Per Pallet
UOM: A non monetary unit of measure.
UPC/EAN: A bar code with a number to identify a product.
Verified: The BOM configuration has been verified
Verify BOM: Verify BOM Structure
Version No: Version Number
Volume: Volume of a product
Weight: Weight of a product

Project Dimension

Create and edit projects dimensions to be used in the dimensional reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Close Project:
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Commitment: Is this document a (legal) commitment?
Contract Amount: The maximum legal monetary price a project may be billed for.
Contract Date: The date a contract is registered into the application.
Contract Quantity: The maximum legal quantity for a project.
Copy Details: Copy Lines/Phases/Tasks from other Project
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Finish Date: The date that a task, process, or action is to be completed or delivered by.
Generate Order: Generate Order from Project
Invoice Amount: The monetary sum that is invoiced for a specified item or service.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Invoice Quantity: The total number of a product included in an invoice to a business partner.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Order Reference: A reference or document order number as listed in business partner application.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Payment Terms: The setup and timing defined to complete a specified payment.
Planned Amount: The monetary sum expected to be involved for a transaction line.
Planned Margin: The expected or provisional margin to be earned due to this transaction.
Planned Quantity: The expected or provisional quantity to be involved for a transaction line.
An indication that the highest possible contract amount and quantity are being charged (may depend
Price Ceiling:
on government regulations.
Price List Version: A price list with a specified validity range.
Processed: A confirmation that the associated documents or requests are processed.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Project Balance: Total Project Balance
Project Category: Project Category
Project Type: A distinct project characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales
The person in charge of carry out an order.
Representative:
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Standard Phase: One section or part of a project which is potentially made up of one or many tasks.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Warehouse / Service
The location where products arrive to or are sent from.
Point:

Sales Region Dimension

Create and edit sales regions dimensions to be used in the dimensional reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Sales Representative: The person in charge of carry out an order.
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Accounting Schema

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create and edit multiple accounting schemas and assign them account elements; define DB tables to be included in the
accounting processes, and define the GL accounts to be used by default.

Account Schema Element

Add and edit account elements to be used for a specified accounting schema.

Fields:

Account Element: A identification code for an account type.


Accounting Element: A unique identifier for an account type.
Accounting Schema: The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the calendar.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Balanced: Balanced
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Client: Client for this installation.
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Mandatory: An indication noting that completing in a field is required to proceed.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Type: A distinct item characteristic used for processes and sometimes grouped within a category.

Account Schema Tables

Add and edit DB tables to be included in accounting processes.

Fields:

Accounting Schema: The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the calendar.
Acct description: Acct description
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Disable for Background: Disables the selected table for accounting in background process.
Client: Client for this installation.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Accounting Schema

Create multiple accounting schemas.

Fields:

The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the
Accounting Schema:
calendar.
Accrual: Indicates if Accrual or Cash Based accounting will be used
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Automatic Period Control: If selected, the periods are automatically opened and closed
Client: Client for this installation.
Correct tax for
Correct the tax for payment discount and charges
Discounts/Charges:
Costing Method: Indicates how Costs will be calculated
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Element Separator: Element Separator
Future Days: Number of days to be able to post to a future date (based on system date)
GAAP: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
History Days: Number of days to be able to post in the past (based on system date)
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Period: A specified time period.
Post Trade Discount: Generate postings for trade discounts
Use Account Alias: Ability to select (partial) account combinations by an Alias
Use Account Combination
Combination of account elements are checked
Control:

Defaults

Add and edit detailed G/L accounts to be used by default in the application.

General Ledger

Add and edit G/L accounts to be used by default in the application.

G/L Item

View larger

Create and edit accounting items to be used in manual settlements.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Fields:

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Enable in
A check to setup a G/L item as "enabled" for "finacial invoices" which means non-product related
Financial
invoices but G/L account related invoices
Invoices:
A field which allow the end-user to setup the tax category related to the G/L item which will be using
Tax Category
while entering "financial invoices" in either procuremente or sales management
G/L Item: An alias for the Account Combination which can be commonly used in daily operations.

Account Combination

View larger

Create accounting combinations to be used in Openbravo's accounting process.

Fields:

Account: The identification code used for accounting.


Accounting An identification code comprised of an individual account number and additional dimensions such
Combination: organization, product, and business partner.
Accounting
The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the calendar.
Schema:
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Alias: Defines an alternate method of indicating an account combination.
Business
Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Partner :
Client: Client for this installation.
Combination: Unique combination of account elements
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Fully Qualified: This account is fully qualified
Location from
The location where items are sent from.
Address:
Location to
The location where items are sent to.
Address:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Product: An item produced by a process.
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Sales Region: A defined section of the world where sales efforts will be focused.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Trx Organization: The organization which performs or initiates the transaction.


1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

G/L Category

View larger

Define G/L Categories to be used in the General Ledger.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Category Type: Source of the Journal with this category
Client: Client for this installation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Document Category: A classification of document types that are shown and processed in the same window.
G/L Category: A classification used to group lines in the general ledger.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Document Type

View larger

Create and edit document types that can be created by the application.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Approval: Type of Approval
Approved: Indicates if this document requires approval
Batch is Number Controlled: Batch has a document sequence
Batch Sequence: Document Sequence for Batch
Charges: Charges can be added to the document
Client: Client for this installation.
Comments: A space to write additional related information.
Create Pick List:
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Description: A space to write additional related information.


Document Cancelled:
Document Category: A classification of document types that are shown and processed in the same window.
Document is Number
The document has a document sequence
Controlled:
Document Sequence: Document sequence determines the numbering of documents
Document Type: A value defining what sequence and process setup are used to handle this document.
Document Type for Invoice: Document type used for invoices generated from this sales document
Document Type for ProForma: Document type used for pro forma invoices generated from this sales document
Document Type for Shipment: Document type used for shipments generated from this sales document
Enforce Batch Control: Enforce control total and it's entry
Filters by organization. This is used to calculate the document number by document
Filter by Organization:
type.
G/L Category: A classification used to group lines in the general ledger.
Has Batch: The document is part of a batch
Calculates the highest document number for documents associated with this document
Ismaxtable:
type.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Number of Copies: The number of copies of each document that will be printed.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Print: A reference stating whether or not the document has been printed at any time in the past.
Print Format: The structure in which a document will be printed.
Print Text: The displayed text of an element.
Pro forma Invoice: Indicates if Pro Forma Invoices can be generated from this document
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
SO Sub Type: Sales Order Sub Type
Table: A dictionary table used for this tab that points to the database table.
Transferred: Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)

Document Sequence

View larger

Create an auto numbering system to uniquely identify document types.

Fields:

Activate Audit: Activate Audit Trail of what numbers are generated


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Auto numbering: Automatically assign the next number
Client: Client for this installation.
Current Next (System): Next sequence for system use
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Increase by: An addition to a starting number by a specified value.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.


Next Assigned Number: The next number that will be assigned to an item.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Prefix: Characters which are added at the beginning of a statement or number.
Restart sequence every Year: Restart the sequence with Start on every 1/1
Sequence: The order of records in a specified document.
Start No.: The first number that will be used in a standard or control sequence.
Suffix: One or many characters which are added at the end of a statement or number.
Used for Record ID: The document number will be used as the record key
Value Format: Value Format

Report Templates

Separate Document templates can be defined for different organizations.

Fields:

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Template The location where the document template can be found. The Template Location can have the
Location: following tags:

@basedesign@ => The location of the 'design' folder (normally: src-loc/design)


@baseattach@ => The location of the 'attachment' folder

Template The filename of the jasper reports file. The Report Filename can use the following tags that will be
Filename: replaced with the proper values when a document is send:

@cus_ref@ => The reference of the document which the customer specified
@our_ref@ => The reference of the document within openbravo

Report Filename: The name of the resulting report

Email Definitions

Each Report template can have email definitions which are used as a default message when sending the report to the
customer. These templates can be defined per language.

Fields:

Client: Client for this installation.


Organization: Organizational entity within client
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
A flag indicating which email template would be used when there is not a record for the business partner's
Default:
language.
Subject: The template subject that will be provided to the email
Body: The template body that will be provided to the email
Language: The language used in the Subject and Body, to match the language used by the business partner

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Tax Category

View larger

Create tax categories to manage tax rates with similar characteristics or attributes.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Commodity Code: Commodity code used for tax calculation
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Tax Category: A classification of tax options based on similar characteristics or attributes.

Tax Rate

View larger

Create tax rates to be used in application transactions.

Tax

Create and edit tax rates to be used in the application transactions.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Base Amount to be used as base for the calculation. Line net amount or alternate line net amount
Base Amount:
can be selected as base for the tax calculation.
BP Tax Category: Bussines Partner Tax Category as a Vendor
Cascade: Any additional discount built upon the remaining total after applying previous discounts.
Client: Client for this installation.
Country: A state or a nation.
Default: A value that is shown whenever a record is created.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Destination Country: The country receiving a shipment
Destination
The state/province inside of a country receiving the shipment.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

State/Province:
Document Level: Tax is calculated on document level (rather than line by line)
Document Tax
Criteria used for the calculation of tax base at document level.
Amount Calculation:
Isprinttax: Print taxes on the document
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Parent Tax: Parent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxes
Rate: The percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
Region: An area of a specific country.
Requires Tax
This tax rate requires the Business Partner to be tax exempt
Certificate:
SO/PO Type: Sales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situations
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Base: The amount of the tax selected here will be used as tax base amount for the tax calculation.
Tax Category: A classification of tax options based on similar characteristics or attributes.
Tax Exempt: A condition stating that for a specific case, taxes must not be applied.
Tax Search Key: A fast method for finding a a specific tax.
Valid from Date: A parameter stating the starting time of a specified request.
If this flag is checked, Purchase VAT will be posted as an expense in the Product Expense account,
Tax Not Deductible:
overriding Tax Not Deductible value in Client-Information tab.
The end-user to setup deductible purchase VAT for Tax Not Deductible Organizations in case it is
Tax Deductible:
required.
Deductible Rate: Deductible rate will be posted in VAT account and rest will be posted in product expense account.

Tax Zone

Create tax zones to which the selected tax zone will be applied.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Country: A state or a nation.
C_Tax_Zone_ID: Tax zone identifier
Destination Country: The country receiving a shipment
Destination
The state/province inside of a country receiving the shipment.
State/Province:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Region: An area of a specific country.
The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or
Tax:
transaction.

Bussines Partner Tax Category

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

View larger

Create tax categories to be applied to one or a group of business partners.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
BP Tax Category: Bussines Partner Tax Category as a Vendor
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

ABC Activity

Image:ABC240.jpg
View larger

Define activities for which you are interested in managing costs.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.

Analysis Tools

Balance sheet and P&L structure

Create your balance sheet and P&L structure report choosing one of the predefined balance sheet and P&L structure
reports.

Trial Balance Report

Create your trial balance for a specified time period. You can modify the analysis according to your needs.

General Ledger Report

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Create a report showing all general ledger entries grouped by account for a specified time period. It is possible to group the
results by the Business Partner, Product or Project accounting dimensions. It is also possible to filter the results by a range
of amounts, organization, range of accounts and a selection of Business Partners, Products and Projects accounting.
Additionally it is possible to hide the matched Debt/Payments.

There are 3 ways available to get the results, the Search button and the pdf and Excel exports.

The Search button shows the result in the same window using pagination, so you might need to move to Next and Previous
pages if the result has too many entries.

The result is grouped by the selected accounting dimension (if there is one selected) and by the account. The displayed
entries are ordered by accounting date. The Previous amount is the sum of the amounts of that account based on the
selected dates with accounting date prior the selected date range. If entries of one account does not fit on one page the
subtotal shows the sum of the amounts that are present on the page plus the previous balance, in this case the next page the
will include in the previous amounts will be the subtotal of the previous page.

The pdf export generates a pdf file that can be printed or stored in the computer for later reviews. It has the same grouping
rules as the search button. In this case the subtotal amounts are the sum of the amounts not including the initial balance
amounts.

General Ledger Journal

Create a report showing all general ledger entries for a specified time period.

Not Posted Transaction Report

Create a report showing application documents that are not posted to the G/L.

User Defined Accounting Report

Create your personal accounting report using predefined analysis specifications.

Tax Report

Create your personal tax report using predefined analysis specifications.

Withholding Report

TBD

Cash Flow Statement

TBD

Balance sheet and P&L structure Setup

Create a report showing profits and losses as well as the balance sheet.

Setup

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Create a new accounting report.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
General
Accounting General Accounting Report
Report:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Indicates whether the report is a "Point in Time" or a "Periodic" report.
A Point in Time report is obtained as of a given date, taking into account the whole historical financial
Report Type: movements; an example of point in time report is the Balance Sheet.
A periodic report is executed for a date range and it does not carry forward the balance of accounting
movements previous to the range; an example of periodic report is the Income Statement.

Grouping category

Define desired categories to group nodes.

Fields:

Acct Rpt Group: Acct Rpt Group


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Accounting Schema: The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the calendar.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
General Accounting Report: General Accounting Report
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Node

Create the node which determines the information that is shown in a report.

Fields:

Account Element: A identification code for an account type.


Acct Rpt Group: Acct Rpt Group
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

User Defined Accounting Report Setup

View larger

Define parameters and methods of showing reports.

Fields:

Account: The identification code used for accounting.


The structure used in accounting including costing methods, currencies, and the
Accounting Schema:
calendar.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
AD_Accountingrpt_Element_ID: Accounting report element
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Filtered by Organization:
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
An indication whether something is a document, or a report which summarizes
Report:
information.
Report Type: Report Type
Shown: Shown.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Temporary Filter Type:

Tax Report Setup

Define parameters and methods of showing reports.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Client: Client for this installation.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Negative:
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Report: An indication whether something is a document, or a report which summarizes information.
Sales Transaction: An indication that a transfer of goods and money between business partners is occurring.
Shown: Shown.
Summary Level: A means of grouping fields in order to view or hide additional information.
Tax: The percentage of money requested by the government for this specified product or transaction.
Tax Report:

Generate Cash Flow Statement

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

TBD

Accounting Transaction Details

View detailed general ledger entries for a specified time period.

Assets

Assets

View larger

Define assets owned by your company their amortization characteristics.

Assets

Define assets owned by your company and create an amortization for them.

Fields:

Acctvalueamt: Accounting value amount


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amortize: Asset schedule
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Asset Category: A classification of assets based on similar characteristics.
Asset Depreciation Date: Date of last depreciation
Asset Disposal Date: Asset disposal date
Asset value: Asset value
Attribute Set Value: An attribute associated with a product as part of an attribute set.
Business Partner : Anyone who takes part in daily business operations by acting as a customer, employee, etc.
Calculate type: Calculate type
Cause:
Client: Client for this installation.
Create Amortization:
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Date Cancelled: Cancellation date
Date Purchased: Purchase date
Depreciate: The asset will be depreciated
Depreciated plan: Depreciated plan
Depreciated Previous Amt:
Depreciated value: Depreciated value
Depreciation Amt: Depreciation Amount
Depreciation annual %: Depreciation annual %

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Depreciation end date: Depreciation end date


Depreciation Start Date: Depreciation Start Date
Depreciation Type: Depreciation Type
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Disposed: The asset is disposed
Document No.: An often automatically generated identifier for all documents.
Expiration Date: The date upon which an item is guaranteed to be of good quality.
Fully depreciated: The asset is fully depreciated
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
In Possession: The asset is in the possession of the organization
In Service Date: Date when Asset was put into service
Life use: Units of use until the asset is not usable anymore
Location / Address: A specific place or residence.
Location comment: Additional comments or remarks concerning the location
Lot: A group of identical or similar items organized and placed into inventory under one number.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Owned: The asset is owned by the organization
Partner Address: The location of the selected business partner.
Product: An item produced by a process.
Profit:
Quantity: The number of a certain item.
Residual Asset Value: Residual asset value amount
Search Key: A fast method for finding a particular record.
Serial No.: An attribute used as a unique identifier for a product.
Storage Bin: A set of coordinates (x, y, z) which help locate an item in a warehouse.
Usable Life - Months: Months of the usable life of the asset
Usable Life - Years: Years of the usable life of the asset
Use units: Currently used units of the assets
User/Contact: An acquaintance to reach for information related to the business partner.
Version No: Version Number

Asset Amortization

Add asset amortizations for a selected asset.

Fields:

A_Amortizationline_ID: Amortization line


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amortization: The depreciation or reduction of a product value over time.
Amortization Amt: Amortization Amount
Amortization Percentage: Amortization Percentage
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Organization: Organizational entity within client

Asset Category

View larger

Create and edit categories to group assets with similar characteristics together.

Fields:

Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Asset Category: A classification of assets based on similar characteristics.
Client: Client for this installation.
Depreciate: The asset will be depreciated
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Help/Comment: A comment that adds additional information to help users work with fields.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Owned: The asset is owned by the organization

Amortization

View larger

Create and edit amortization for a selected year.

Keep in Mind:

Depending on the state of the document, Processed, Posted, ... Some fields of the document will appear as read only
in order to prevent the user to modify the values. At the database level there is a trigger that prevents the
modification of some fields depending on document's state.

Header

Create amortizations for particular periods.

Fields:

Accounting Date: The date this transaction is recorded in the general ledger.
Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Activity: A distinct activity defined and used in activity based management.
Amortization: The depreciation or reduction of a product value over time.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Client: Client for this installation.


Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Description: A space to write additional related information.
Ending Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will end.
Name: A identifier for a document which can be used as a search tool.
Organization: Organizational entity within client
Post Amortization:
Posted: An accounting status noting if a specified transaction was added to the general ledger.
Process Now:
Project: A defined task or undertaking
Sales Campaign: An advertising effort aimed at increasing sales.
Start Date: A parameter stating when a specified request will begin.
Total Amortization: Total Amortization
1st Dimensinon: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.
2nd Dimension: A display of optional elements that are previously defined for this account combination.

Lines

Add amortized assets and details of amortization.

Fields:

A_Amortizationline_ID: Amortization line


Active: A flag indicating whether this record is available for use or de-activated.
Amortization: The depreciation or reduction of a product value over time.
Amortization Amt: Amortization Amount
Amortization Percentage: Amortization Percentage
Asset: An item which is owned and exchangeable for cash.
Client: Client for this installation.
Currency: An accepted medium of monetary exchange that may vary across countries.
Line No.: A line stating the position of this request in the document.
Organization: Organizational entity within client

Overview

Purpose
User Data Synchronisation project aims to add a project to synchronise data from Openbravo using the Funambol
synchronisation server. And then write documentation on how to synchronise the data (email, tasks, contacts, etc...) from
one user with his communication devices or his accounts.

Scope
This project will require to add the client funambol library. It needs the development of various functions to get the emails,
tasks, events, notes and contacts descriptions from the current user, generate the funambol objects (vcard and sift objects)
and send them to the funambol server. It needs also various functions to get the emails, tasks, events, notes and contacts
descriptions from the funambol server, and register them in the openbravo ERP server.

It will require to create a new tab in User options window with three fields, five check buttons and one button.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

one field for username, one field for password on the funambol server and one field to now the periodicity of the
synchronisation
five check buttons to activate each synchronisation type (email, task, event, note, contact)
one field to start the synchronisation with the funambol server

No existing functionality of Openbravo ERP will be modified.

References
Funambol Documentation

Design Considerations

Dependencies
This project depends on the Funambol project

Glossary
In this document I call a device, whatever type of object with which we can do a synchronisation of data (Laptop, iphone,
outloock, gmail, google calendar, mozilla thunderbird, etc...)

Functional Requirements

User roles & profiles


Today user have an intense use of devices to register their contacts, events, email. They are wasting a lot of time to get all
their devices data synchronised. The use of a synchronisation server like funambol allow them to save it.

Business process definition


1. Synchronisation from device to openbravo ERP server
2. Synchronisation from openbravo ERP server to device

User stories
1. User synchronise its device with the openbravo server and knows he has a meeting tomorrow with a client.
2. Next day user goes to the meeting and learn their is a new business partner on the client side.
3. User registers the phone and the mail of this new business partner in his device.
4. Back to the office, User synchronise its device with openbravo and all the company knows their is a new business
partner in the relation with the client.

Functional requirements based on business processes


To achieve the desired functionalities the following elements need to be added.

Num Requirement Importance Status

Create a new tab in User options called 'Funambol Sync' with the fields

'Username' text field (Openbravo username by default - mandatory)

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

'Password' password field (mandatory)


'Contacts' check button
'Email' check button To be
1.1 Must have
'Tasks' check button done
'Events' check button
'Notes' check button
'Periodicity' input field
'Start Synchronisation' button

Functions to use Funambol library and synchronises the different objects between To be
1.2 Must have
Openbravo and Funambol server. This functions must be a periodic background process done

To be
1.3 Documentation on how to install and use Funambol server. Must have
done

User Interface Mockups

Technical Requirements
Application Dictionary elements as well as all type of files involved in Model - View - Controller (MVC) stucture (*.html,
*.xml, *.java and *.xsql files) will have to be created. Besides, communication functions using funambol API will also be
created.

Non-Functional Requirements
Creation of documentation to know how to install and use funambol server with other devices

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]


ERP/2.50/User Manual/Financial Management - Openbravo wiki

Open Discussion Items


IMHO, it would be clearer having a new window to synchronize devices and not use the User Options - Session
Options window. I would create a new one called "User Data Synchronization" or "Funambol Synch". I agree, I
should create a new session options window.

The Synchronize button makes both synchronizations (Dev-Ob, Ob-Dev) at the same time or it should need both
buttons? Yes the synchronise button makes both synchronizations at the same time.

I need to upload a document to specify the mapping between an Openbravo contact, task, notes,... object and the
vcard, sift field.

I would like also to have the way to configure this synchronization as a task, and to be able to do it periodically
without user interaction. What do you think? This could be done easily as a Periodic background process (like any of
the existing periodic background processes).

Synchronise (more British) or Synchronize? Take into account that base language for Openbravo ERP's design is
en_US.

Closed Discussion Items

Retrieved from "http://wiki.openbravo.com/wiki/ERP/2.50/User_Manual/Financial_Management"

This page has been accessed 7,046 times. This page was last modified 11:24, 17 September 2010. Content is available under Creative
Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5 Spain License.

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Yuen%20Yee/Desktop/Guide%20book/Guide%20book/Financial%20Management.htm[22-Nov-10 4:09:52 PM]

You might also like